|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
17 /*
|
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
|
19 */
|
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
|
523
|
34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13
|
|
477
|
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
|
|
|
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
|
|
7
|
37
|
|
|
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
|
41 {
|
|
|
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
|
477
|
43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^P^S^U^V^Y)"),
|
|
449
|
44 NULL,
|
|
7
|
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
|
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
|
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
|
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
|
50 NULL,
|
|
|
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
|
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
|
12
|
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
|
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
|
523
|
55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
|
|
477
|
56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (^S^N^P)"),
|
|
449
|
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
58 };
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62 /*
|
|
|
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
|
64 */
|
|
464
|
65 typedef struct Completion compl_T;
|
|
7
|
66 struct Completion
|
|
|
67 {
|
|
464
|
68 compl_T *cp_next;
|
|
|
69 compl_T *cp_prev;
|
|
|
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
|
|
|
71 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match */
|
|
|
72 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
|
73 int cp_number; /* sequence number */
|
|
7
|
74 };
|
|
|
75
|
|
464
|
76 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
|
7
|
77 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
79 /*
|
|
|
80 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
|
449
|
81 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
|
82 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
|
83 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
|
|
|
84 * ins_compl_get_exp().
|
|
7
|
85 */
|
|
464
|
86 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
|
|
|
87 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
88 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
|
|
449
|
89
|
|
|
90 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
|
|
|
91 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
|
|
644
|
92 static int compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
93
|
|
464
|
94 static int compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
95 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
96 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
97 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
98 static int compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
99 static pos_T compl_startpos;
|
|
|
100 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
|
101 * that is being completed */
|
|
|
102 static int save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
103 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
|
|
|
104 * completion started */
|
|
|
105 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
|
106 static expand_T compl_xp;
|
|
449
|
107
|
|
|
108 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
109 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
|
|
7
|
110 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int dir));
|
|
|
111 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
112 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
113 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
648
|
114 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void));
|
|
7
|
115 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int dir, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
|
116 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
117 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
118 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
119 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
|
120 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini, int dir));
|
|
|
121 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
122 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
|
610
|
123 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count));
|
|
|
124 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c));
|
|
644
|
125 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c));
|
|
610
|
126 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
127 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
128 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
|
129 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
131 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
|
132 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
|
133 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
|
134 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
136 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
137 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
138 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
139 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
|
140 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
141 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
142 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
|
221
|
143 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
144 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
484
|
145 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
|
|
497
|
146 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */
|
|
221
|
147 #endif
|
|
7
|
148 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
|
149 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
150 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
151 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
152 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
|
153 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
154 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
155 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
|
156 #endif
|
|
|
157 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
158 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
159 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
160 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
161 #endif
|
|
|
162 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
163 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
|
449
|
164 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
|
|
477
|
165 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
|
|
7
|
166 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
167 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
168 #endif
|
|
|
169 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
170 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
171 #endif
|
|
449
|
172 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
|
|
|
173 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
|
|
7
|
174 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
|
175 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
176 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
|
177 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
178 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
179 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
|
180 #endif
|
|
|
181 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
182 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
183 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
184 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
185 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
186 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
187 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
188 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
189 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
190 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
191 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
192 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
193 #endif
|
|
|
194 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
195 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
196 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
197 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
198 #endif
|
|
|
199 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
449
|
200 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
|
|
7
|
201 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
202 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
203 #endif
|
|
|
204 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
206 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
|
207 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
209 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
|
210 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
|
211 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
|
212 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
603
|
213 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */
|
|
7
|
214
|
|
|
215 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
216 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
|
217 #endif
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
219 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
220
|
|
|
221 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
298
|
222 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
|
223 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
|
224 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
|
225 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
|
7
|
226 #endif
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
228 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
|
229 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
|
230 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
232 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
|
233 under the cursor */
|
|
|
234
|
|
|
235 /*
|
|
|
236 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
|
237 *
|
|
|
238 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
|
239 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
|
240 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
|
241 * 'R' replace command
|
|
|
242 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
|
243 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
|
244 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
|
245 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
246 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
247 *
|
|
|
248 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
|
249 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
|
250 *
|
|
|
251 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
|
252 */
|
|
|
253 int
|
|
|
254 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
|
255 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
256 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
|
257 long count;
|
|
|
258 {
|
|
|
259 int c = 0;
|
|
|
260 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
261 int lastc;
|
|
|
262 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
263 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
264 int i;
|
|
|
265 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
|
266 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
267 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
|
268 #endif
|
|
|
269 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
|
270 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
271 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
|
272 #endif
|
|
|
273 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
|
274 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
477
|
275 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */
|
|
7
|
276
|
|
603
|
277 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */
|
|
|
278 did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
|
279
|
|
7
|
280 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
|
281 * error message */
|
|
|
282 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
|
283
|
|
|
284 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
|
285 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
|
286 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
|
287 {
|
|
|
288 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
|
289 return FALSE;
|
|
|
290 }
|
|
|
291 #endif
|
|
632
|
292 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The
|
|
|
293 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */
|
|
634
|
294 if (textlock != 0)
|
|
632
|
295 {
|
|
|
296 EMSG(_(e_secure));
|
|
|
297 return FALSE;
|
|
|
298 }
|
|
7
|
299
|
|
|
300 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
301 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
302 #endif
|
|
|
303
|
|
11
|
304 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
305 /*
|
|
|
306 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
|
307 */
|
|
|
308 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
309 {
|
|
532
|
310 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
11
|
311 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
312 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
|
313 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
|
314 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
|
315 else
|
|
|
316 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
|
317 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
|
532
|
318 # endif
|
|
11
|
319 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
320 }
|
|
|
321 #endif
|
|
|
322
|
|
7
|
323 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
324 /*
|
|
|
325 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
|
326 * where the paste started.
|
|
|
327 */
|
|
|
328 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
329 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
|
330 else
|
|
|
331 #endif
|
|
|
332 {
|
|
|
333 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
334 if (startln)
|
|
|
335 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
336 }
|
|
|
337 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
338 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
339 if (!did_ai)
|
|
|
340 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
342 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
343 {
|
|
|
344 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
345 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
|
346 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
347 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
348 {
|
|
|
349 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
|
350 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
|
351 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
|
352 }
|
|
|
353 else
|
|
|
354 #endif
|
|
|
355 {
|
|
|
356 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
|
357 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
|
358 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
|
359 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
|
360 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
|
361 }
|
|
|
362 }
|
|
|
363
|
|
|
364 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
365 {
|
|
|
366 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
367 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
368 {
|
|
|
369 beep_flush();
|
|
|
370 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
371 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
372 }
|
|
|
373 else
|
|
|
374 #endif
|
|
|
375 State = REPLACE;
|
|
|
376 }
|
|
|
377 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
378 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
379 {
|
|
|
380 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
381 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
382 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
383 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
384 }
|
|
|
385 #endif
|
|
|
386 else
|
|
|
387 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
389 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
391 /*
|
|
|
392 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
|
393 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
|
394 */
|
|
|
395 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
397 /*
|
|
|
398 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
|
399 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
|
400 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
|
401 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
|
402 */
|
|
|
403 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
|
404 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
405 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
406 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
|
407 #endif
|
|
|
408
|
|
|
409 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
410 setmouse();
|
|
|
411 #endif
|
|
|
412 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
413 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
414 #endif
|
|
|
415 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
416 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
|
417 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
418 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
419 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
420 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
421 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
422 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
423 #endif
|
|
|
424
|
|
|
425 /*
|
|
|
426 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
|
427 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
|
428 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
|
429 */
|
|
|
430 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
|
431 {
|
|
|
432 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
433 /*
|
|
|
434 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
|
435 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
|
436 */
|
|
|
437 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
|
438 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
439 else
|
|
|
440 #endif
|
|
|
441 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
442 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
444 /*
|
|
|
445 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
|
446 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
|
447 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
|
448 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
|
449 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
|
450 */
|
|
|
451 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
452 update_curswant();
|
|
230
|
453 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
|
7
|
454 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
455 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
|
456 {
|
|
|
457 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
458 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
459 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
460 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
461 {
|
|
474
|
462 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
463 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
464 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
|
465 }
|
|
|
466 #endif
|
|
|
467 }
|
|
230
|
468 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
469 }
|
|
|
470 else
|
|
|
471 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
472
|
|
|
473 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
|
474 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
|
475
|
|
|
476 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
|
477 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
478
|
|
|
479 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
480 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
481 #endif
|
|
|
482 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
483 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
484 #endif
|
|
|
485 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
486 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
|
487 * restarting. */
|
|
|
488 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
489 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
490 #endif
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
492 /*
|
|
|
493 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
|
494 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
|
495 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
|
496 */
|
|
|
497 i = 0;
|
|
644
|
498 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
|
|
7
|
499 i = showmode();
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
501 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
502 change_warning(i + 1);
|
|
|
503
|
|
|
504 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
505 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
506 #endif
|
|
|
507 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
508 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
509 #endif
|
|
|
510
|
|
603
|
511 /*
|
|
|
512 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
|
513 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
|
514 */
|
|
7
|
515 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
|
516 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
517 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
518 else
|
|
|
519 {
|
|
|
520 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
521 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
522 }
|
|
|
523
|
|
|
524 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
526 /*
|
|
|
527 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
|
528 */
|
|
|
529 for (;;)
|
|
|
530 {
|
|
|
531 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
532 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
|
533 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
|
534 else
|
|
|
535 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
536 #endif
|
|
|
537 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
|
538 count = 0;
|
|
|
539
|
|
|
540 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
541 {
|
|
|
542 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
|
543 count = 0;
|
|
|
544 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
545 }
|
|
|
546
|
|
|
547 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
|
548 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
549 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
550
|
|
|
551 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
|
552 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
|
553 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
|
554 {
|
|
|
555 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
|
556 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
|
557 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
558 }
|
|
|
559
|
|
|
560 /*
|
|
|
561 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
|
562 */
|
|
|
563 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
|
564
|
|
|
565 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
566 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
|
567 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
|
568 * autocommand. */
|
|
|
569 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
|
570 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
|
571 #endif
|
|
|
572
|
|
|
573 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
574 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
|
575 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
|
576 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
577 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
|
578 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
579 foldCheckClose();
|
|
|
580 #endif
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
582 /*
|
|
|
583 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
|
584 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
|
585 * redraw.
|
|
|
586 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
|
587 * something.
|
|
|
588 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
|
589 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
|
590 */
|
|
|
591 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
|
592 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
593 && !did_backspace
|
|
|
594 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
|
595 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
596 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
|
597 #endif
|
|
|
598 )
|
|
|
599 {
|
|
|
600 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
601 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
602
|
|
|
603 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
604 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
|
605 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
|
606 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
607 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
608 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
|
609 #endif
|
|
|
610 ))
|
|
|
611 {
|
|
|
612 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
613 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
|
614 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
615 else
|
|
|
616 #endif
|
|
|
617 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
618 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
|
619 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
|
620 else
|
|
|
621 #endif
|
|
|
622 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
|
623 }
|
|
|
624 }
|
|
|
625
|
|
|
626 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
|
627 update_topline();
|
|
|
628
|
|
|
629 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
630
|
|
|
631 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
|
632
|
|
|
633 /*
|
|
|
634 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
|
635 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
|
636 */
|
|
|
637 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
638
|
|
|
639 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
640 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
641 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
642 #endif
|
|
|
643
|
|
|
644 update_curswant();
|
|
|
645 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
646 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
647 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
648 #endif
|
|
|
649
|
|
|
650 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
651 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
652 #endif
|
|
|
653
|
|
|
654 /*
|
|
|
655 * Get a character for Insert mode.
|
|
|
656 */
|
|
|
657 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
|
658 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
659
|
|
|
660 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
661 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
662 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
663 #endif
|
|
|
664 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
665 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
666 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
667 #endif
|
|
|
668
|
|
|
669 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
540
|
670 /* When the popup menu is visible cursor keys change the selection. */
|
|
|
671 if (c == K_UP && pum_visible())
|
|
|
672 c = Ctrl_P;
|
|
|
673 if (c == K_DOWN && pum_visible())
|
|
|
674 c = Ctrl_N;
|
|
|
675
|
|
7
|
676 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
|
677 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
|
464
|
678 if (c != K_IGNORE)
|
|
540
|
679 {
|
|
|
680 if (ins_compl_prep(c))
|
|
|
681 continue;
|
|
|
682 }
|
|
7
|
683 #endif
|
|
|
684
|
|
477
|
685 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
|
|
|
686 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
|
|
|
687 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */
|
|
7
|
688 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
|
689 {
|
|
|
690 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
691 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
692 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
693 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
694 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
695 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
696 --allow_keys;
|
|
477
|
697 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
|
|
7
|
698 {
|
|
477
|
699 /* it's something else */
|
|
7
|
700 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
701 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
|
702 }
|
|
|
703 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
|
704 continue;
|
|
|
705 else
|
|
|
706 {
|
|
477
|
707 if (c == Ctrl_O)
|
|
|
708 {
|
|
|
709 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
710 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */
|
|
|
711 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
|
712 }
|
|
7
|
713 count = 0;
|
|
|
714 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
715 }
|
|
|
716 }
|
|
|
717
|
|
|
718 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
719 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
|
720 #endif
|
|
|
721
|
|
|
722 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
723 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
724 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
725 #endif
|
|
|
726 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
|
727 {
|
|
|
728 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
|
729 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
|
730 continue;
|
|
|
731 }
|
|
|
732
|
|
|
733 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
734 if (cindent_on()
|
|
|
735 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
736 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
737 # endif
|
|
|
738 )
|
|
|
739 {
|
|
|
740 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
|
741 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
|
742 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
|
743 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
|
744 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
|
745 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
|
746 goto force_cindent;
|
|
|
747 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
|
748 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
749 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
750 }
|
|
|
751 #endif
|
|
|
752
|
|
|
753 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
754 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
755 switch (c)
|
|
|
756 {
|
|
|
757 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
758 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
759 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
760 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
761 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
762 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
763 }
|
|
|
764 #endif
|
|
|
765
|
|
|
766 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
767 /*
|
|
|
768 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
|
769 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
|
770 * characters.
|
|
|
771 */
|
|
|
772 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
|
773 continue;
|
|
|
774 #endif
|
|
|
775
|
|
|
776 /*
|
|
|
777 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
|
778 */
|
|
|
779 switch (c)
|
|
|
780 {
|
|
449
|
781 case ESC: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
782 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
783 break;
|
|
|
784 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
785
|
|
449
|
786 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
787 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
788 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
789 {
|
|
|
790 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
791 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
|
792 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
|
793 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
794 }
|
|
|
795 #endif
|
|
|
796
|
|
|
797 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
798 do_intr:
|
|
|
799 #endif
|
|
|
800 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
|
801 * Insert mode */
|
|
|
802 if (goto_im())
|
|
|
803 {
|
|
|
804 if (got_int)
|
|
|
805 {
|
|
|
806 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
|
807 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
808 }
|
|
|
809 else
|
|
|
810 vim_beep();
|
|
|
811 break;
|
|
|
812 }
|
|
|
813 doESCkey:
|
|
|
814 /*
|
|
|
815 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
|
816 */
|
|
|
817 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
|
818 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
|
230
|
819 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
7
|
820 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
821
|
|
477
|
822 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
|
|
11
|
823 {
|
|
|
824 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
825 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
826 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
827 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
828 #endif
|
|
7
|
829 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
|
11
|
830 }
|
|
7
|
831 continue;
|
|
|
832
|
|
449
|
833 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
|
834 if (!p_im)
|
|
|
835 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
|
836 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
|
837 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
|
838 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
839
|
|
|
840 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
|
|
502
|
841 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
523
|
842 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
449
|
843 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
844 #endif
|
|
|
845 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
846 break;
|
|
|
847 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
848 count = 0;
|
|
|
849 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
850
|
|
464
|
851 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
|
852 case K_KINS:
|
|
|
853 ins_insert(replaceState);
|
|
|
854 break;
|
|
|
855
|
|
|
856 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
|
857 break;
|
|
|
858
|
|
449
|
859 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
860 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
|
|
|
861 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
|
862 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
863 #endif
|
|
|
864
|
|
|
865 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
|
866 case K_F1:
|
|
|
867 case K_XF1:
|
|
|
868 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
|
869 if (p_im)
|
|
|
870 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
|
871 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
872
|
|
|
873 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
874 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
|
|
|
875 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
876 i = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
877 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
878 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
|
879 break;
|
|
|
880 #endif
|
|
|
881
|
|
|
882 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
|
|
7
|
883 case NUL:
|
|
|
884 case Ctrl_A:
|
|
449
|
885 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
|
886 * error. */
|
|
7
|
887 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
|
888 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
|
889 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
|
890 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
891 break;
|
|
|
892
|
|
449
|
893 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
|
|
7
|
894 ins_reg();
|
|
|
895 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
896 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
897 break;
|
|
|
898
|
|
449
|
899 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
|
|
7
|
900 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
|
901 break;
|
|
|
902
|
|
449
|
903 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
|
|
|
904 ins_ctrl_hat();
|
|
7
|
905 break;
|
|
|
906
|
|
|
907 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
449
|
908 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
|
|
7
|
909 if (!p_ari)
|
|
|
910 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
911 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
|
912 break;
|
|
|
913 #endif
|
|
|
914
|
|
449
|
915 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
|
7
|
916 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
917 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
918 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
919 #endif
|
|
|
920 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
921
|
|
449
|
922 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
|
7
|
923 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
924 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
925 {
|
|
449
|
926 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
|
|
|
927 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
928 break;
|
|
7
|
929 }
|
|
|
930 # endif
|
|
|
931 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
|
932 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
933 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
934 break;
|
|
|
935
|
|
449
|
936 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
|
|
7
|
937 case K_KDEL:
|
|
|
938 ins_del();
|
|
|
939 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
940 break;
|
|
|
941
|
|
449
|
942 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
943 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
|
944 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
945 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
946 break;
|
|
|
947
|
|
449
|
948 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
949 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
950 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
951 break;
|
|
|
952
|
|
449
|
953 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
|
12
|
954 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
955 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
|
449
|
956 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
12
|
957 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
958 # endif
|
|
7
|
959 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
960 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
961 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
962 break;
|
|
|
963
|
|
|
964 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
449
|
965 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
|
|
7
|
966 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
|
967 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
|
968 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
|
969 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
|
970 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
|
971 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
|
972 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
|
973 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
|
974 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
|
975 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
|
976 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
|
977 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
|
978 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
|
979 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
|
980 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
|
981 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
|
982 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
|
983 break;
|
|
|
984
|
|
449
|
985 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
|
7
|
986 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
|
987 break;
|
|
|
988
|
|
449
|
989 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
|
7
|
990 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
991 break;
|
|
|
992 #endif
|
|
|
993
|
|
449
|
994 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
|
|
7
|
995 break;
|
|
|
996
|
|
625
|
997 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32
|
|
|
998 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was
|
|
|
999 * cancelled. */
|
|
|
1000 case K_F4:
|
|
|
1001 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
|
1002 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1003 break;
|
|
|
1004 #endif
|
|
|
1005
|
|
7
|
1006 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
1007 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1008 ins_scroll();
|
|
|
1009 break;
|
|
|
1010
|
|
|
1011 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1012 ins_horscroll();
|
|
|
1013 break;
|
|
|
1014 #endif
|
|
|
1015
|
|
449
|
1016 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
|
|
7
|
1017 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
1018 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
1019 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
|
1020 ins_home(c);
|
|
|
1021 break;
|
|
|
1022
|
|
449
|
1023 case K_END: /* <End> */
|
|
7
|
1024 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
1025 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
1026 case K_C_END:
|
|
|
1027 ins_end(c);
|
|
|
1028 break;
|
|
|
1029
|
|
449
|
1030 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
|
|
180
|
1031 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1032 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1033 else
|
|
|
1034 ins_left();
|
|
7
|
1035 break;
|
|
|
1036
|
|
449
|
1037 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
|
|
7
|
1038 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
|
1039 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1040 break;
|
|
|
1041
|
|
449
|
1042 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
|
|
180
|
1043 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1044 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1045 else
|
|
|
1046 ins_right();
|
|
7
|
1047 break;
|
|
|
1048
|
|
449
|
1049 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
|
|
7
|
1050 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1051 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1052 break;
|
|
|
1053
|
|
449
|
1054 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
|
|
180
|
1055 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1056 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1057 else
|
|
|
1058 ins_up(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1059 break;
|
|
|
1060
|
|
449
|
1061 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
|
|
7
|
1062 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
1063 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
613
|
1064 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1065 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1066 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1067 #endif
|
|
7
|
1068 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1069 break;
|
|
|
1070
|
|
449
|
1071 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
|
|
180
|
1072 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1073 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1074 else
|
|
|
1075 ins_down(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1076 break;
|
|
|
1077
|
|
449
|
1078 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
|
|
7
|
1079 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1080 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
613
|
1081 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1082 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1083 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1084 #endif
|
|
7
|
1085 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1086 break;
|
|
|
1087
|
|
|
1088 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
449
|
1089 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
|
|
7
|
1090 ins_drop();
|
|
|
1091 break;
|
|
|
1092 #endif
|
|
|
1093
|
|
449
|
1094 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
|
|
7
|
1095 c = TAB;
|
|
|
1096 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1097
|
|
449
|
1098 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
|
7
|
1099 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1100 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
1101 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1102 #endif
|
|
|
1103 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1104 if (ins_tab())
|
|
|
1105 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
|
1106 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1107 break;
|
|
|
1108
|
|
449
|
1109 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
|
|
7
|
1110 c = CAR;
|
|
|
1111 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1112 case CAR:
|
|
|
1113 case NL:
|
|
|
1114 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
|
1115 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
|
1116 * cursor. */
|
|
|
1117 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
|
1118 {
|
|
644
|
1119 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */
|
|
|
1120 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
|
1121 else /* location list window */
|
|
|
1122 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll");
|
|
7
|
1123 break;
|
|
|
1124 }
|
|
|
1125 #endif
|
|
|
1126 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
1127 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
1128 {
|
|
|
1129 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
1130 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
|
1131 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1132 }
|
|
|
1133 #endif
|
|
|
1134 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
|
1135 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
1136 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1137 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1138 break;
|
|
|
1139
|
|
|
1140 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
|
449
|
1141 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
|
|
7
|
1142 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1143 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
|
1144 {
|
|
449
|
1145 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
|
|
|
1146 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1147 break;
|
|
7
|
1148 }
|
|
|
1149 # endif
|
|
|
1150 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
1151 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
|
1152 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
1153 break;
|
|
|
1154 # endif
|
|
|
1155 goto normalchar;
|
|
449
|
1156 #endif
|
|
7
|
1157
|
|
|
1158 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
464
|
1159 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1160 ins_ctrl_x();
|
|
|
1161 break;
|
|
|
1162
|
|
449
|
1163 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1164 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
|
1165 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1166 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1167
|
|
449
|
1168 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1169 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
1170 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1171 goto docomplete;
|
|
477
|
1172
|
|
|
1173 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1174 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
1175 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
1176 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1177 goto docomplete;
|
|
7
|
1178 #endif
|
|
|
1179
|
|
449
|
1180 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1181 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1182 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
1183 #endif
|
|
|
1184 {
|
|
|
1185 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
|
1186 if (p_im)
|
|
|
1187 {
|
|
|
1188 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
1189 break;
|
|
|
1190 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1191 }
|
|
|
1192 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1193 }
|
|
|
1194 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1195 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1196
|
|
449
|
1197 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
|
7
|
1198 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
1199 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
|
1200 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
|
1201 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
|
1202 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
449
|
1203 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
|
7
|
1204 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1205
|
|
|
1206 docomplete:
|
|
|
1207 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
|
449
|
1208 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
1209 break;
|
|
|
1210 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1211
|
|
449
|
1212 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
|
1213 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
|
1214 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
|
|
7
|
1215 break;
|
|
|
1216
|
|
|
1217 default:
|
|
|
1218 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1219 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
|
1220 goto do_intr;
|
|
|
1221 #endif
|
|
|
1222
|
|
|
1223 /*
|
|
|
1224 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
|
1225 */
|
|
|
1226 normalchar:
|
|
|
1227 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1228 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
|
1229 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
|
1230 #endif
|
|
|
1231
|
|
|
1232 if (c == ' ')
|
|
|
1233 {
|
|
|
1234 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
1235 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1236 if (inindent(0))
|
|
|
1237 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
1238 #endif
|
|
|
1239 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
|
1240 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
1241 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
1242 }
|
|
|
1243
|
|
|
1244 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
|
1245 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1246 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
|
1247 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
|
1248 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
|
1249 #endif
|
|
|
1250 c))
|
|
|
1251 {
|
|
|
1252 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1253 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1254 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1255 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1256 #endif
|
|
|
1257 }
|
|
|
1258
|
|
|
1259 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1260
|
|
|
1261 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1262 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
|
1263 * closed fold. */
|
|
|
1264 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
1265 #endif
|
|
|
1266 break;
|
|
|
1267 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
|
1268
|
|
|
1269 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
|
1270 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
1271 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1272
|
|
|
1273 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1274 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
|
1275 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1276 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
1277 # endif
|
|
|
1278 )
|
|
|
1279 {
|
|
|
1280 force_cindent:
|
|
|
1281 /*
|
|
|
1282 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
1283 */
|
|
|
1284 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
|
1285 {
|
|
|
1286 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
1287 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
1288 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1289 }
|
|
|
1290 }
|
|
|
1291 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
1292
|
|
|
1293 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
|
1294 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
|
1295 }
|
|
|
1296
|
|
|
1297 /*
|
|
|
1298 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
|
1299 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
|
1300 * option work correctly.
|
|
|
1301 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
|
1302 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
|
1303 */
|
|
|
1304 static void
|
|
|
1305 ins_redraw()
|
|
|
1306 {
|
|
|
1307 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
1308 {
|
|
|
1309 if (must_redraw)
|
|
|
1310 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1311 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
|
1312 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
|
1313 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
|
1314 setcursor();
|
|
|
1315 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
|
1316 }
|
|
|
1317 }
|
|
|
1318
|
|
|
1319 /*
|
|
|
1320 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1321 */
|
|
|
1322 static void
|
|
|
1323 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
|
1324 {
|
|
|
1325 int c;
|
|
|
1326
|
|
|
1327 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
1328 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
1329
|
|
|
1330 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
1331 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
|
1332 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1333
|
|
|
1334 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1335 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
|
1336 #endif
|
|
|
1337
|
|
|
1338 c = get_literal();
|
|
|
1339 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1340 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
1341 #endif
|
|
|
1342 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1343 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1344 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1345 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1346 #endif
|
|
|
1347 }
|
|
|
1348
|
|
|
1349 /*
|
|
|
1350 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
|
1351 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1352 */
|
|
|
1353 static int pc_status;
|
|
|
1354 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
|
1355 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1356 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1357 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
|
1358 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1359 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1360 #else
|
|
|
1361 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1362 #endif
|
|
|
1363 static int pc_attr;
|
|
|
1364 static int pc_row;
|
|
|
1365 static int pc_col;
|
|
|
1366
|
|
|
1367 void
|
|
|
1368 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
|
1369 int c;
|
|
|
1370 int highlight;
|
|
|
1371 {
|
|
|
1372 int attr;
|
|
|
1373
|
|
|
1374 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
|
1375 {
|
|
|
1376 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
|
1377 validate_cursor();
|
|
|
1378 if (highlight)
|
|
|
1379 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
|
1380 else
|
|
|
1381 attr = 0;
|
|
|
1382 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
|
1383 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
|
1384 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1385 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
1386 #endif
|
|
|
1387 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1388 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
1389 {
|
|
|
1390 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1391 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1392 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1393 {
|
|
|
1394 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
|
1395
|
|
|
1396 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
|
1397 {
|
|
|
1398 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
|
1399 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1400 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1401 }
|
|
|
1402 }
|
|
|
1403 # endif
|
|
|
1404 }
|
|
|
1405 else
|
|
|
1406 #endif
|
|
|
1407 {
|
|
|
1408 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1409 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1410 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
|
1411 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
|
1412 #endif
|
|
|
1413 }
|
|
|
1414
|
|
|
1415 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
|
1416 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1417 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
|
1418 #endif
|
|
|
1419 {
|
|
|
1420 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
|
1421 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
|
1422 }
|
|
|
1423 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
|
1424 }
|
|
|
1425 }
|
|
|
1426
|
|
|
1427 /*
|
|
|
1428 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
|
1429 */
|
|
|
1430 void
|
|
|
1431 edit_unputchar()
|
|
|
1432 {
|
|
|
1433 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
|
1434 {
|
|
|
1435 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1436 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
|
1437 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1438 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
|
1439 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1440 else
|
|
|
1441 #endif
|
|
|
1442 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
|
1443 }
|
|
|
1444 }
|
|
|
1445
|
|
|
1446 /*
|
|
|
1447 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
|
1448 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
|
1449 */
|
|
|
1450 void
|
|
|
1451 display_dollar(col)
|
|
|
1452 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1453 {
|
|
|
1454 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
|
1455
|
|
|
1456 if (!redrawing())
|
|
|
1457 return;
|
|
|
1458
|
|
|
1459 cursor_off();
|
|
|
1460 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1461 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
1462 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1463 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1464 {
|
|
|
1465 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1466
|
|
|
1467 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
|
1468 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1469 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
|
1470 }
|
|
|
1471 #endif
|
|
|
1472 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
|
1473 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
|
1474 {
|
|
|
1475 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
|
1476 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
1477 }
|
|
|
1478 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
|
1479 }
|
|
|
1480
|
|
|
1481 /*
|
|
|
1482 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
|
1483 * in insert mode.
|
|
|
1484 */
|
|
|
1485 static void
|
|
|
1486 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
|
1487 {
|
|
|
1488 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
1489 {
|
|
|
1490 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1491 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1492 }
|
|
|
1493 }
|
|
|
1494
|
|
|
1495 /*
|
|
|
1496 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
|
1497 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
|
1498 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
|
1499 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
|
1500 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
|
1501 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
|
1502 */
|
|
|
1503 void
|
|
|
1504 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
|
|
|
1505 int type;
|
|
|
1506 int amount;
|
|
|
1507 int round;
|
|
|
1508 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
|
1509 {
|
|
|
1510 int vcol;
|
|
|
1511 int last_vcol;
|
|
|
1512 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
|
1513 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1514 int i;
|
|
|
1515 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1516 int save_p_list;
|
|
|
1517 int start_col;
|
|
|
1518 colnr_T vc;
|
|
|
1519 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1520 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1521 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1522
|
|
|
1523 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
|
1524 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1525 {
|
|
|
1526 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
|
1527 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1528 }
|
|
|
1529 #endif
|
|
|
1530
|
|
|
1531 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
|
1532 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1533 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1534 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
1535 vcol = vc;
|
|
|
1536
|
|
|
1537 /*
|
|
|
1538 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
|
1539 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
|
1540 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
|
1541 */
|
|
|
1542 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1543
|
|
|
1544 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
|
1545 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1546 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
1547 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1548
|
|
|
1549 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1550
|
|
|
1551 /*
|
|
|
1552 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
|
1553 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1554 */
|
|
|
1555 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
|
1556 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1557
|
|
|
1558 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
|
1559 start_col = -1;
|
|
|
1560
|
|
|
1561 /*
|
|
|
1562 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1563 */
|
|
|
1564 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
|
1565 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
1566 else
|
|
|
1567 {
|
|
|
1568 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1569 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
1570
|
|
|
1571 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
|
1572 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1573 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1574 #endif
|
|
|
1575 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
|
|
|
1576 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1577 State = save_State;
|
|
|
1578 #endif
|
|
|
1579 }
|
|
|
1580 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1581
|
|
|
1582 /*
|
|
|
1583 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
|
1584 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
|
1585 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
|
1586 * non-blank character.
|
|
|
1587 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1588 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
|
1589 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
|
1590 */
|
|
|
1591 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1592 {
|
|
|
1593 /*
|
|
|
1594 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
|
1595 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1596 */
|
|
|
1597 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
|
1598 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1599 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1600 }
|
|
|
1601 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1602 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1603 else
|
|
|
1604 {
|
|
|
1605 /*
|
|
|
1606 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
|
1607 */
|
|
|
1608 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1609 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
|
1610
|
|
|
1611 /*
|
|
|
1612 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
|
1613 */
|
|
|
1614 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1615 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
|
1616 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1617 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1618 {
|
|
|
1619 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
|
1620 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1621 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
474
|
1622 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
|
7
|
1623 else
|
|
|
1624 #endif
|
|
|
1625 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1626 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
|
1627 }
|
|
|
1628 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
|
1629
|
|
|
1630 /*
|
|
|
1631 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
|
1632 * the right screen column.
|
|
|
1633 */
|
|
|
1634 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1635 {
|
|
|
1636 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1637 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
|
1638 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
|
1639 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
1640 {
|
|
|
1641 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
|
1642 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
1643 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
|
1644 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
1645 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
|
1646 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
1647 }
|
|
|
1648 }
|
|
|
1649
|
|
|
1650 /*
|
|
|
1651 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
|
1652 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1653 */
|
|
|
1654 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1655 }
|
|
|
1656
|
|
|
1657 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
|
1658
|
|
|
1659 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
|
1660 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1661 else
|
|
|
1662 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1663 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
1664 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
1665
|
|
|
1666 /*
|
|
|
1667 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
|
1668 */
|
|
|
1669 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
1670 {
|
|
|
1671 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
|
1672 {
|
|
|
1673 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1674 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
1675 else
|
|
|
1676 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1677 }
|
|
|
1678 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1679 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
1680 else
|
|
|
1681 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1682 }
|
|
|
1683
|
|
|
1684 /*
|
|
|
1685 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
|
1686 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
|
1687 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
|
1688 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
|
1689 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
|
1690 */
|
|
|
1691 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1692 {
|
|
|
1693 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
1694 {
|
|
|
1695 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1696 --start_col;
|
|
|
1697 }
|
|
|
1698 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
|
1699 {
|
|
|
1700 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1701 if (replaced)
|
|
|
1702 {
|
|
|
1703 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
|
1704 replaced = NUL;
|
|
|
1705 }
|
|
|
1706 ++start_col;
|
|
|
1707 }
|
|
|
1708 }
|
|
|
1709
|
|
|
1710 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1711 /*
|
|
|
1712 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
|
1713 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
|
1714 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
|
1715 */
|
|
|
1716 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1717 {
|
|
|
1718 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
|
1719 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
|
1720 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1721 return;
|
|
|
1722
|
|
|
1723 /* Save new line */
|
|
|
1724 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1725 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1726 return;
|
|
|
1727
|
|
|
1728 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
|
1729 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1730
|
|
|
1731 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1732 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1733 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
1734
|
|
|
1735 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
|
1736 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
|
1737
|
|
|
1738 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1739 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
|
1740
|
|
|
1741 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
|
1742 }
|
|
|
1743 #endif
|
|
|
1744 }
|
|
|
1745
|
|
|
1746 /*
|
|
|
1747 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
|
1748 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1749 * modes.
|
|
|
1750 */
|
|
|
1751 void
|
|
|
1752 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
|
1753 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1754 {
|
|
|
1755 int i;
|
|
|
1756
|
|
|
1757 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
|
1758 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
|
1759 {
|
|
|
1760 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1761 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1762 }
|
|
|
1763 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1764 }
|
|
|
1765
|
|
|
1766 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1767 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1768 /*
|
|
|
1769 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1770 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
|
1771 */
|
|
|
1772 void
|
|
|
1773 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
|
1774 int col;
|
|
|
1775 {
|
|
|
1776 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
|
1777 {
|
|
|
1778 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
1779 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1780 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
1781 else
|
|
|
1782 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
1783 }
|
|
|
1784 }
|
|
|
1785 #endif
|
|
|
1786
|
|
|
1787 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1788 /*
|
|
449
|
1789 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1790 */
|
|
|
1791 static void
|
|
|
1792 ins_ctrl_x()
|
|
|
1793 {
|
|
|
1794 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
|
1795 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
|
1796 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
1797 {
|
|
|
1798 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
|
1799 * compl_cont_status */
|
|
|
1800 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
|
1801 compl_cont_status = (compl_cont_status | CONT_INTRPT);
|
|
|
1802 else
|
|
|
1803 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
1804 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
|
1805 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
1806 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
1807 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
1808 showmode();
|
|
|
1809 }
|
|
|
1810 }
|
|
|
1811
|
|
|
1812 /*
|
|
|
1813 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
|
|
|
1814 */
|
|
|
1815 static int
|
|
|
1816 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
|
|
|
1817 int dict_opt;
|
|
|
1818 {
|
|
|
1819 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL)
|
|
|
1820 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
|
|
|
1821 {
|
|
|
1822 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1823 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
1824 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
|
|
|
1825 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
|
1826 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
1827 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
1828 {
|
|
|
1829 vim_beep();
|
|
|
1830 setcursor();
|
|
|
1831 out_flush();
|
|
|
1832 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1833 }
|
|
|
1834 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1835 }
|
|
|
1836 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1837 }
|
|
|
1838
|
|
|
1839 /*
|
|
7
|
1840 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
|
1841 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
|
1842 */
|
|
|
1843 int
|
|
|
1844 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
|
1845 int c;
|
|
|
1846 {
|
|
|
1847 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
|
1848 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
1849 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1850
|
|
610
|
1851 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */
|
|
644
|
1852 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
610
|
1853 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1854
|
|
7
|
1855 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
1856 {
|
|
|
1857 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1858 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1859 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
|
449
|
1860 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
|
7
|
1861 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
|
1862 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
|
1863 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
|
477
|
1864 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
|
|
|
1865 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
|
|
7
|
1866 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
|
1867 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
|
1868 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
1869 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1870 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
1871 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1872 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
1873 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1874 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
1875 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1876 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
1877 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1878 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
1879 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
1880 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1881 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
1882 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1883 #endif
|
|
|
1884 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
1885 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
|
1886 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
12
|
1887 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1888 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
449
|
1889 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
523
|
1890 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
449
|
1891 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
502
|
1892 #endif
|
|
477
|
1893 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
1894 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
7
|
1895 }
|
|
|
1896 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
|
1897 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1898 }
|
|
|
1899
|
|
|
1900 /*
|
|
|
1901 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if ic and inf are set, then the
|
|
|
1902 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
|
1903 * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
|
1904 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
|
449
|
1905 * TODO: make this work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
7
|
1906 */
|
|
|
1907 int
|
|
464
|
1908 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, fname, dir, flags)
|
|
7
|
1909 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1910 int len;
|
|
|
1911 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1912 int dir;
|
|
464
|
1913 int flags;
|
|
7
|
1914 {
|
|
|
1915 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
|
1916 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
|
1917 int idx;
|
|
|
1918
|
|
|
1919 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
|
|
|
1920 {
|
|
|
1921 /* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
|
|
|
1922 /* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
|
|
419
|
1923 vim_strncpy(IObuff, str, len);
|
|
7
|
1924
|
|
|
1925 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
|
449
|
1926 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
1927 {
|
|
|
1928 if (islower(compl_orig_text[idx]))
|
|
7
|
1929 {
|
|
|
1930 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
|
1931 if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1932 {
|
|
|
1933 /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
1934 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1935 IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1936 break;
|
|
|
1937 }
|
|
|
1938 }
|
|
|
1939 }
|
|
|
1940
|
|
|
1941 /*
|
|
|
1942 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
|
1943 * upper case.
|
|
|
1944 */
|
|
|
1945 if (!has_lower)
|
|
|
1946 {
|
|
449
|
1947 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1948 {
|
|
449
|
1949 if (was_letter && isupper(compl_orig_text[idx])
|
|
7
|
1950 && islower(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1951 {
|
|
|
1952 /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
1953 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1954 IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1955 break;
|
|
|
1956 }
|
|
449
|
1957 was_letter = isalpha(compl_orig_text[idx]);
|
|
7
|
1958 }
|
|
|
1959 }
|
|
|
1960
|
|
|
1961 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
|
|
449
|
1962 STRNCPY(IObuff, compl_orig_text, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
1963
|
|
464
|
1964 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, fname, dir, flags);
|
|
|
1965 }
|
|
|
1966 return ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, flags);
|
|
7
|
1967 }
|
|
|
1968
|
|
|
1969 /*
|
|
|
1970 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
|
1971 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
1972 * FAIL, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
464
|
1973 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then RET_ERROR is returned -- webb.
|
|
|
1974 *
|
|
|
1975 * New:
|
|
|
1976 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
1977 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
|
1978 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned -- webb.
|
|
7
|
1979 */
|
|
464
|
1980 int
|
|
|
1981 ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, flags)
|
|
7
|
1982 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1983 int len;
|
|
|
1984 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1985 int dir;
|
|
464
|
1986 int flags;
|
|
7
|
1987 {
|
|
464
|
1988 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
1989
|
|
|
1990 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
1991 if (got_int)
|
|
464
|
1992 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
1993 if (len < 0)
|
|
|
1994 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
1995
|
|
|
1996 /*
|
|
|
1997 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
|
1998 */
|
|
449
|
1999 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
2000 {
|
|
|
2001 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2002 do
|
|
|
2003 {
|
|
464
|
2004 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2005 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0
|
|
|
2006 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
|
|
|
2007 return NOTDONE;
|
|
|
2008 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
449
|
2009 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
2010 }
|
|
|
2011
|
|
540
|
2012 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
|
|
|
2013 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2014
|
|
7
|
2015 /*
|
|
|
2016 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
|
2017 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
|
2018 */
|
|
464
|
2019 match = (compl_T *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
|
|
7
|
2020 if (match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2021 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2022 match->cp_number = -1;
|
|
|
2023 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2024 {
|
|
|
2025 match->cp_number = 0;
|
|
|
2026 match->cp_str = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2027 }
|
|
|
2028 else if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2029 {
|
|
|
2030 vim_free(match);
|
|
464
|
2031 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2032 }
|
|
|
2033 /* match-fname is:
|
|
464
|
2034 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
|
7
|
2035 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
|
2036 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
|
464
|
2037 if (fname && compl_curr_match && compl_curr_match->cp_fname
|
|
|
2038 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
|
|
|
2039 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
|
|
|
2040 else if (fname && (match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname)) != NULL)
|
|
|
2041 flags |= FREE_FNAME;
|
|
7
|
2042 else
|
|
464
|
2043 match->cp_fname = NULL;
|
|
|
2044 match->cp_flags = flags;
|
|
7
|
2045
|
|
|
2046 /*
|
|
|
2047 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
|
2048 */
|
|
449
|
2049 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2050 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2051 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
2052 {
|
|
464
|
2053 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2054 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
|
|
7
|
2055 }
|
|
|
2056 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
2057 {
|
|
464
|
2058 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
2059 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
2060 }
|
|
|
2061 if (match->cp_next)
|
|
|
2062 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
|
|
|
2063 if (match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
2064 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
|
|
7
|
2065 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
|
449
|
2066 compl_first_match = match;
|
|
|
2067 compl_curr_match = match;
|
|
7
|
2068
|
|
|
2069 return OK;
|
|
|
2070 }
|
|
|
2071
|
|
|
2072 /*
|
|
|
2073 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2074 * Frees matches[].
|
|
|
2075 */
|
|
|
2076 static void
|
|
|
2077 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir)
|
|
|
2078 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2079 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2080 int dir;
|
|
|
2081 {
|
|
|
2082 int i;
|
|
|
2083 int add_r = OK;
|
|
|
2084 int ldir = dir;
|
|
|
2085
|
|
464
|
2086 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
|
|
7
|
2087 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, NULL, ldir, 0)) == OK)
|
|
|
2088 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2089 ldir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
2090 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2091 }
|
|
|
2092
|
|
|
2093 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
|
2094 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
|
2095 */
|
|
|
2096 static int
|
|
|
2097 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
|
2098 {
|
|
464
|
2099 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2100 int count = 0;
|
|
|
2101
|
|
449
|
2102 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2103 {
|
|
|
2104 /*
|
|
|
2105 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
|
2106 */
|
|
449
|
2107 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2108 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
|
|
464
|
2109 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
2110 {
|
|
|
2111 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
7
|
2112 ++count;
|
|
|
2113 }
|
|
464
|
2114 match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2115 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
|
|
7
|
2116 }
|
|
|
2117 return count;
|
|
|
2118 }
|
|
|
2119
|
|
574
|
2120 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
|
|
|
2121 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
|
|
540
|
2122 static char_u **compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
|
2123 static int compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2124
|
|
|
2125 /*
|
|
|
2126 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
|
|
|
2127 */
|
|
|
2128 static void
|
|
|
2129 ins_compl_upd_pum()
|
|
|
2130 {
|
|
|
2131 int h;
|
|
|
2132
|
|
|
2133 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2134 {
|
|
|
2135 h = curwin->w_cline_height;
|
|
|
2136 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2137 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
|
|
|
2138 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2139 }
|
|
|
2140 }
|
|
|
2141
|
|
|
2142 /*
|
|
|
2143 * Remove any popup menu.
|
|
|
2144 */
|
|
|
2145 static void
|
|
|
2146 ins_compl_del_pum()
|
|
|
2147 {
|
|
|
2148 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2149 {
|
|
|
2150 pum_undisplay();
|
|
|
2151 vim_free(compl_match_array);
|
|
|
2152 compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
|
2153 }
|
|
|
2154 }
|
|
|
2155
|
|
|
2156 /*
|
|
|
2157 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed.
|
|
|
2158 */
|
|
|
2159 static int
|
|
|
2160 pum_wanted()
|
|
|
2161 {
|
|
|
2162 compl_T *compl;
|
|
|
2163 int i;
|
|
|
2164
|
|
|
2165 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" */
|
|
|
2166 if (*p_cot == NUL)
|
|
|
2167 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2168
|
|
|
2169 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */
|
|
|
2170 if (t_colors < 8
|
|
|
2171 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2172 && !gui.in_use
|
|
|
2173 #endif
|
|
|
2174 )
|
|
|
2175 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2176
|
|
|
2177 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
|
|
|
2178 * one (ignoring the original text). */
|
|
|
2179 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2180 i = 0;
|
|
|
2181 do
|
|
|
2182 {
|
|
|
2183 if (compl == NULL
|
|
|
2184 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2))
|
|
|
2185 break;
|
|
|
2186 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2187 } while (compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2188
|
|
|
2189 return (i >= 2);
|
|
|
2190 }
|
|
|
2191
|
|
|
2192 /*
|
|
|
2193 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
|
|
|
2194 */
|
|
648
|
2195 void
|
|
540
|
2196 ins_compl_show_pum()
|
|
|
2197 {
|
|
|
2198 compl_T *compl;
|
|
|
2199 int i;
|
|
|
2200 int cur = -1;
|
|
|
2201 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2202
|
|
|
2203 if (!pum_wanted())
|
|
|
2204 return;
|
|
|
2205
|
|
|
2206 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
|
|
|
2207 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2208
|
|
|
2209 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
|
|
|
2210 {
|
|
|
2211 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */
|
|
|
2212 compl_match_arraysize = 0;
|
|
|
2213 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2214 do
|
|
|
2215 {
|
|
|
2216 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
2217 ++compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2218 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2219 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2220 compl_match_array = (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(char_u **)
|
|
|
2221 * compl_match_arraysize));
|
|
|
2222 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2223 {
|
|
|
2224 i = 0;
|
|
|
2225 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2226 do
|
|
|
2227 {
|
|
|
2228 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
2229 {
|
|
|
2230 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
|
|
|
2231 cur = i;
|
|
|
2232 compl_match_array[i++] = compl->cp_str;
|
|
|
2233 }
|
|
|
2234 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2235 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2236 }
|
|
|
2237 }
|
|
|
2238 else
|
|
|
2239 {
|
|
|
2240 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
|
|
|
2241 i = 0;
|
|
|
2242 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2243 do
|
|
|
2244 {
|
|
|
2245 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
2246 {
|
|
|
2247 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
|
|
|
2248 {
|
|
|
2249 cur = i;
|
|
|
2250 break;
|
|
|
2251 }
|
|
|
2252 ++i;
|
|
|
2253 }
|
|
|
2254 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2255 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2256 }
|
|
|
2257
|
|
|
2258 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2259 {
|
|
|
2260 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
|
|
|
2261 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */
|
|
|
2262 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2263 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
2264 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
2265 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur,
|
|
|
2266 curwin->w_cline_row + W_WINROW(curwin),
|
|
|
2267 curwin->w_cline_height,
|
|
648
|
2268 curwin->w_wcol + W_WINCOL(curwin) - curwin->w_leftcol);
|
|
540
|
2269 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
2270 }
|
|
|
2271 }
|
|
|
2272
|
|
7
|
2273 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
|
2274 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
648
|
2275
|
|
7
|
2276 /*
|
|
|
2277 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern to the list of
|
|
|
2278 * completions.
|
|
|
2279 */
|
|
|
2280 static void
|
|
|
2281 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict, pat, dir, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
|
2282 char_u *dict;
|
|
|
2283 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
2284 int dir;
|
|
|
2285 int flags;
|
|
|
2286 int thesaurus;
|
|
|
2287 {
|
|
|
2288 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2289 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2290 FILE *fp;
|
|
|
2291 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2292 int add_r;
|
|
|
2293 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2294 int count;
|
|
|
2295 int i;
|
|
|
2296 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2297
|
|
|
2298 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
|
2299 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
|
2300 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2301 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2302 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
|
2303 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
|
2304 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
|
2305 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
|
2306 while (buf != NULL && regmatch.regprog != NULL && *dict != NUL
|
|
449
|
2307 && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
|
|
7
|
2308 {
|
|
|
2309 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
|
2310 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2311 {
|
|
|
2312 count = 1;
|
|
|
2313 files = &dict;
|
|
|
2314 }
|
|
|
2315 else
|
|
|
2316 {
|
|
|
2317 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
|
2318 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
|
2319 * a modeline). */
|
|
|
2320 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2321 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
|
2322 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
|
2323 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
|
2324 count = 0;
|
|
|
2325 }
|
|
|
2326
|
|
449
|
2327 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
|
|
7
|
2328 {
|
|
|
2329 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
|
2330 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2331 {
|
|
274
|
2332 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
|
|
|
2333 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
|
|
7
|
2334 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2335 }
|
|
|
2336
|
|
|
2337 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
|
2338 {
|
|
|
2339 /*
|
|
|
2340 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
|
2341 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
|
2342 */
|
|
449
|
2343 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
|
|
|
2344 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
|
7
|
2345 {
|
|
|
2346 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
2347 while (vim_regexec(®match, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
|
2348 {
|
|
|
2349 ptr = regmatch.startp[0];
|
|
|
2350 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2351 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch.startp[0],
|
|
|
2352 (int)(ptr - regmatch.startp[0]),
|
|
|
2353 files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2354 if (thesaurus)
|
|
|
2355 {
|
|
|
2356 char_u *wstart;
|
|
|
2357
|
|
|
2358 /*
|
|
|
2359 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
|
2360 */
|
|
|
2361 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
2362 {
|
|
|
2363 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
|
2364 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
|
2365 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
|
2366 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
|
2367 break;
|
|
|
2368 wstart = ptr;
|
|
|
2369
|
|
|
2370 /* Find end of the word and add it. */
|
|
|
2371 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2372 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2373 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
|
2374 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
|
2375 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
|
2376 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2377 {
|
|
474
|
2378 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2379
|
|
|
2380 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2381 break;
|
|
|
2382 ptr += l;
|
|
|
2383 }
|
|
|
2384 else
|
|
|
2385 #endif
|
|
|
2386 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2387 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
|
2388 (int)(ptr - wstart), files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2389 }
|
|
|
2390 }
|
|
|
2391 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
|
2392 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2393 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
464
|
2394 else if (add_r == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
2395 break;
|
|
|
2396 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
|
2397 * of line */
|
|
|
2398 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
|
2399 break;
|
|
|
2400 }
|
|
|
2401 line_breakcheck();
|
|
464
|
2402 ins_compl_check_keys(50);
|
|
7
|
2403 }
|
|
|
2404 fclose(fp);
|
|
|
2405 }
|
|
|
2406 }
|
|
|
2407 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2408 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
|
2409 if (flags)
|
|
|
2410 break;
|
|
|
2411 }
|
|
|
2412 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2413 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
2414 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
2415 }
|
|
|
2416
|
|
|
2417 /*
|
|
|
2418 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
|
2419 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
|
2420 */
|
|
|
2421 char_u *
|
|
|
2422 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
|
2423 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2424 {
|
|
|
2425 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2426 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2427 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
|
474
|
2428 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2429 else
|
|
|
2430 #endif
|
|
|
2431 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2432 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2433 return ptr;
|
|
|
2434 }
|
|
|
2435
|
|
|
2436 /*
|
|
|
2437 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
|
2438 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
|
2439 */
|
|
|
2440 char_u *
|
|
|
2441 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
|
2442 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2443 {
|
|
|
2444 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2445 int start_class;
|
|
|
2446
|
|
|
2447 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2448 {
|
|
|
2449 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
|
2450 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
|
2451 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2452 {
|
|
474
|
2453 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2454 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
|
2455 break;
|
|
|
2456 }
|
|
|
2457 }
|
|
|
2458 else
|
|
|
2459 #endif
|
|
|
2460 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2461 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2462 return ptr;
|
|
|
2463 }
|
|
|
2464
|
|
|
2465 /*
|
|
|
2466 * Free the list of completions
|
|
|
2467 */
|
|
|
2468 static void
|
|
|
2469 ins_compl_free()
|
|
|
2470 {
|
|
464
|
2471 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2472
|
|
449
|
2473 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2474 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
2475
|
|
|
2476 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2477 return;
|
|
540
|
2478
|
|
|
2479 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2480 pum_clear();
|
|
|
2481
|
|
449
|
2482 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2483 do
|
|
|
2484 {
|
|
449
|
2485 match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
464
|
2486 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2487 vim_free(match->cp_str);
|
|
7
|
2488 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
|
464
|
2489 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
|
2490 vim_free(match->cp_fname);
|
|
7
|
2491 vim_free(match);
|
|
449
|
2492 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2493 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2494 }
|
|
|
2495
|
|
|
2496 static void
|
|
|
2497 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
|
2498 {
|
|
449
|
2499 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2500 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2501 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2502 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2503 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2504 save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
2505 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2506 }
|
|
|
2507
|
|
|
2508 /*
|
|
|
2509 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
|
464
|
2510 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
|
|
540
|
2511 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted;
|
|
7
|
2512 */
|
|
540
|
2513 static int
|
|
7
|
2514 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
|
2515 int c;
|
|
|
2516 {
|
|
|
2517 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2518 int temp;
|
|
|
2519 int want_cindent;
|
|
540
|
2520 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
2521
|
|
|
2522 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
|
2523 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
|
2524 */
|
|
|
2525 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2526 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2527
|
|
|
2528 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
|
|
|
2529 if (c == K_SELECT)
|
|
540
|
2530 return retval;
|
|
7
|
2531
|
|
|
2532 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
|
2533 {
|
|
|
2534 /*
|
|
|
2535 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
|
2536 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
|
2537 */
|
|
|
2538 switch (c)
|
|
|
2539 {
|
|
|
2540 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
|
2541 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
|
2542 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
|
2543 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
2544 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2545 else
|
|
|
2546 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2547 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
2548 showmode();
|
|
|
2549 break;
|
|
|
2550 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
|
2551 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
2552 break;
|
|
|
2553 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
|
2554 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
|
2555 break;
|
|
|
2556 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
2557 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2558 break;
|
|
|
2559 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
2560 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
|
2561 break;
|
|
|
2562 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
2563 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2564 break;
|
|
12
|
2565 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2566 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
|
2567 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
|
2568 break;
|
|
449
|
2569 case Ctrl_O:
|
|
523
|
2570 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
|
|
449
|
2571 break;
|
|
502
|
2572 #endif
|
|
477
|
2573 case 's':
|
|
|
2574 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
2575 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
|
|
484
|
2576 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
2577 spell_back_to_badword();
|
|
|
2578 #endif
|
|
477
|
2579 break;
|
|
7
|
2580 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
|
2581 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2582 break;
|
|
|
2583 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2584 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
|
2585 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
2586 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2587 break;
|
|
|
2588 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
2589 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2590 break;
|
|
|
2591 #endif
|
|
|
2592 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
|
2593 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
|
2594 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
|
2595 break;
|
|
|
2596 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
2597 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
2598 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
|
2599 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
|
2600 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2601 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
|
2602 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2603 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
|
2604 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
2605 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
|
2606 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
2607 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2608 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
2609 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
2610 default:
|
|
449
|
2611 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
|
2612 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
|
|
|
2613 * mode).
|
|
|
2614 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
|
|
|
2615 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
|
|
|
2616 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
|
|
|
2617 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
|
|
|
2618 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
|
|
|
2619 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
|
|
|
2620 * mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
7
|
2621 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
|
2622 {
|
|
449
|
2623 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2624 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
2625 else
|
|
449
|
2626 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
7
|
2627 }
|
|
|
2628 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2629 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2630 showmode();
|
|
|
2631 break;
|
|
|
2632 }
|
|
|
2633 }
|
|
|
2634 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2635 {
|
|
|
2636 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
|
2637 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2638 {
|
|
|
2639 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
2640 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2641 else
|
|
|
2642 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
|
2643 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2644 }
|
|
|
2645 showmode();
|
|
|
2646 }
|
|
|
2647
|
|
449
|
2648 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
7
|
2649 {
|
|
|
2650 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
|
2651 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
|
449
|
2652 * showing what mode we are in. */
|
|
7
|
2653 showmode();
|
|
644
|
2654 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R
|
|
|
2655 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
7
|
2656 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
2657 {
|
|
|
2658 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
|
2659 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
|
449
|
2660 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
|
|
|
2661 if (compl_curr_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2662 {
|
|
449
|
2663 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2664
|
|
7
|
2665 /*
|
|
|
2666 * If any of the original typed text has been changed,
|
|
|
2667 * eg when ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to
|
|
|
2668 * the redo buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete
|
|
|
2669 * just the part of the original text that has changed.
|
|
|
2670 */
|
|
464
|
2671 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
|
|
449
|
2672 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2673 while (*p && *p == *ptr)
|
|
7
|
2674 {
|
|
449
|
2675 ++p;
|
|
7
|
2676 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2677 }
|
|
449
|
2678 for (temp = 0; p[temp]; ++temp)
|
|
7
|
2679 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
620
|
2680 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr, -1);
|
|
7
|
2681 }
|
|
|
2682
|
|
|
2683 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2684 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
|
2685 #endif
|
|
|
2686 /*
|
|
|
2687 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
|
2688 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
|
2689 */
|
|
449
|
2690 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
7
|
2691 {
|
|
|
2692 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2693 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
2694 if (want_cindent)
|
|
|
2695 {
|
|
|
2696 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2697 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
|
2698 }
|
|
|
2699 #endif
|
|
|
2700 }
|
|
|
2701 else
|
|
|
2702 {
|
|
|
2703 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
|
2704 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
2705 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
2706 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
|
2707 curwin->w_cursor.col++;
|
|
|
2708 }
|
|
|
2709
|
|
|
2710 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
2711
|
|
540
|
2712 /* if the popup menu is displayed hitting Enter means accepting
|
|
|
2713 * the selection without inserting anything. */
|
|
|
2714 if ((c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) && pum_visible())
|
|
|
2715 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
2716
|
|
7
|
2717 ins_compl_free();
|
|
449
|
2718 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2719 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
7
|
2720 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
2721 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
449
|
2722 if (save_sm >= 0)
|
|
|
2723 p_sm = save_sm;
|
|
7
|
2724 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
|
2725 {
|
|
|
2726 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2727 showmode();
|
|
|
2728 }
|
|
|
2729
|
|
|
2730 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2731 /*
|
|
|
2732 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
2733 */
|
|
|
2734 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
|
2735 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2736 #endif
|
|
|
2737 }
|
|
|
2738 }
|
|
|
2739
|
|
|
2740 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
|
2741 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
|
2742 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2743 {
|
|
449
|
2744 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2745 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
7
|
2746 }
|
|
540
|
2747
|
|
|
2748 return retval;
|
|
7
|
2749 }
|
|
|
2750
|
|
|
2751 /*
|
|
|
2752 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
|
2753 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
|
2754 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
|
2755 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
|
2756 *
|
|
|
2757 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
|
2758 */
|
|
|
2759 static buf_T *
|
|
|
2760 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
|
2761 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2762 int flag;
|
|
|
2763 {
|
|
|
2764 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2765 static win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2766 #endif
|
|
|
2767
|
|
|
2768 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
|
2769 {
|
|
|
2770 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2771 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
|
2772 wp = curwin;
|
|
383
|
2773 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
|
|
7
|
2774 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2775 ;
|
|
|
2776 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
2777 #else
|
|
|
2778 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2779 #endif
|
|
|
2780 }
|
|
|
2781 else
|
|
|
2782 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
|
2783 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
|
2784 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
|
383
|
2785 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
|
|
7
|
2786 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
|
2787 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2788 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2789 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
|
2790 || buf->b_scanned
|
|
|
2791 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL
|
|
|
2792 && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)))
|
|
|
2793 ;
|
|
|
2794 return buf;
|
|
|
2795 }
|
|
|
2796
|
|
12
|
2797 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
502
|
2798 static int expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base, char_u ***matches));
|
|
12
|
2799
|
|
|
2800 /*
|
|
523
|
2801 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
|
|
502
|
2802 * get matches in "matches".
|
|
452
|
2803 * Return value is number of matches.
|
|
12
|
2804 */
|
|
|
2805 static int
|
|
502
|
2806 expand_by_function(type, base, matches)
|
|
523
|
2807 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
|
|
12
|
2808 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2809 char_u ***matches;
|
|
|
2810 {
|
|
452
|
2811 list_T *matchlist;
|
|
502
|
2812 char_u *args[2];
|
|
452
|
2813 listitem_T *li;
|
|
|
2814 garray_T ga;
|
|
|
2815 char_u *p;
|
|
502
|
2816 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
2817 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
2818
|
|
|
2819 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
2820 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
452
|
2821 return 0;
|
|
|
2822
|
|
|
2823 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
|
|
|
2824 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
|
|
502
|
2825 args[1] = base;
|
|
|
2826
|
|
|
2827 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
2828 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
2829 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
452
|
2830 if (matchlist == NULL)
|
|
|
2831 return 0;
|
|
|
2832
|
|
|
2833 /* Go through the List with matches and put them in an array. */
|
|
|
2834 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 8);
|
|
|
2835 for (li = matchlist->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
|
|
|
2836 {
|
|
|
2837 p = get_tv_string_chk(&li->li_tv);
|
|
|
2838 if (p != NULL && *p != NUL)
|
|
|
2839 {
|
|
|
2840 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2841 break;
|
|
|
2842 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = vim_strsave(p);
|
|
|
2843 ++ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
2844 }
|
|
648
|
2845 else if (did_emsg)
|
|
|
2846 break;
|
|
452
|
2847 }
|
|
|
2848
|
|
|
2849 list_unref(matchlist);
|
|
|
2850 *matches = (char_u **)ga.ga_data;
|
|
|
2851 return ga.ga_len;
|
|
12
|
2852 }
|
|
|
2853 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
|
2854
|
|
449
|
2855 /*
|
|
|
2856 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
|
|
|
2857 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction dir.
|
|
|
2858 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise
|
|
|
2859 * continue where we stopped searching before.
|
|
|
2860 * This may return before finding all the matches.
|
|
|
2861 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
|
7
|
2862 */
|
|
|
2863 static int
|
|
|
2864 ins_compl_get_exp(ini, dir)
|
|
|
2865 pos_T *ini;
|
|
|
2866 int dir;
|
|
|
2867 {
|
|
|
2868 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2869 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
|
2870 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
|
449
|
2871 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
|
|
|
2872 certain type. */
|
|
|
2873 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
|
|
7
|
2874
|
|
464
|
2875 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2876 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2877 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2878 int save_p_ws;
|
|
|
2879 int save_p_ic;
|
|
|
2880 int i;
|
|
|
2881 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2882 int len;
|
|
|
2883 int found_new_match;
|
|
|
2884 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
2885 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2886 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
|
2887 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
|
2888 compl_T *old_match;
|
|
7
|
2889
|
|
449
|
2890 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
2891 {
|
|
|
2892 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
|
2893 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
|
2894 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
2895 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
449
|
2896 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
12
|
2897 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
|
7
|
2898 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
2899 }
|
|
|
2900
|
|
449
|
2901 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
|
7
|
2902 pos = (dir == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2903 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
|
2904 for (;;)
|
|
|
2905 {
|
|
|
2906 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
2907
|
|
449
|
2908 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
|
|
7
|
2909 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
|
2910 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
|
2911 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
2912 && (!compl_started || found_all))
|
|
7
|
2913 {
|
|
|
2914 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
2915 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
|
2916 e_cpt++;
|
|
|
2917 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2918 {
|
|
|
2919 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2920 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
2921 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
|
2922 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
|
2923 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
|
2924 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2925 type = 0;
|
|
|
2926 }
|
|
|
2927 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
|
2928 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
|
2929 {
|
|
|
2930 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
|
2931 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
|
2932 {
|
|
449
|
2933 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2934 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
2935 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
|
2936 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2937 type = 0;
|
|
|
2938 }
|
|
|
2939 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
|
2940 {
|
|
|
2941 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2942 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
2943 continue;
|
|
|
2944 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2945 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
|
2946 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
|
2947 }
|
|
274
|
2948 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
|
7
|
2949 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
2950 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
|
2951 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
2952 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
|
2953 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
|
2954 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2955 }
|
|
|
2956 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
|
2957 break;
|
|
|
2958 else
|
|
|
2959 {
|
|
|
2960 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2961 type = -1;
|
|
|
2962 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
|
2963 {
|
|
|
2964 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
|
2965 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2966 else
|
|
|
2967 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2968 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
|
2969 {
|
|
|
2970 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
|
2971 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
|
2972 }
|
|
|
2973 }
|
|
|
2974 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2975 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
|
2976 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2977 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
|
2978 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2979 #endif
|
|
|
2980 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
|
2981 {
|
|
|
2982 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2983 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
|
2984 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2985 }
|
|
|
2986 else
|
|
|
2987 type = -1;
|
|
|
2988
|
|
|
2989 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
|
2990 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2991
|
|
|
2992 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2993 if (type == -1)
|
|
|
2994 continue;
|
|
|
2995 }
|
|
|
2996 }
|
|
|
2997
|
|
|
2998 switch (type)
|
|
|
2999 {
|
|
|
3000 case -1:
|
|
|
3001 break;
|
|
|
3002 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3003 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
3004 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
449
|
3005 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, dir,
|
|
|
3006 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
7
|
3007 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
|
449
|
3008 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
3009 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
|
3010 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
|
3011 break;
|
|
|
3012 #endif
|
|
|
3013
|
|
|
3014 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
3015 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
3016 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
|
3017 dict ? dict
|
|
|
3018 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
|
3019 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
|
3020 ? p_tsr
|
|
|
3021 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
|
3022 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
3023 ? p_dict
|
|
|
3024 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
|
449
|
3025 compl_pattern, dir,
|
|
7
|
3026 dict ? dict_f : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
|
3027 dict = NULL;
|
|
|
3028 break;
|
|
|
3029
|
|
|
3030 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
3031 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
|
3032 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
|
449
|
3033 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
3034
|
|
|
3035 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
|
449
|
3036 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
|
|
|
3037 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
3038 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
3039 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
3040 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3041 {
|
|
|
3042 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
3043 }
|
|
|
3044 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
|
3045 break;
|
|
|
3046
|
|
|
3047 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
449
|
3048 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
3049 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
|
3050 {
|
|
|
3051
|
|
|
3052 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
|
449
|
3053 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
|
|
7
|
3054 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
3055 }
|
|
|
3056 break;
|
|
|
3057
|
|
|
3058 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
449
|
3059 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
3060 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
|
|
7
|
3061 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
|
3062 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
3063 break;
|
|
|
3064
|
|
12
|
3065 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3066 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
523
|
3067 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
548
|
3068 num_matches = expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
12
|
3069 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3070 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
3071 break;
|
|
|
3072 #endif
|
|
|
3073
|
|
477
|
3074 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
3075 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3076 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
|
3077 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
|
3078 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3079 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
3080 #endif
|
|
|
3081 break;
|
|
|
3082
|
|
7
|
3083 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
|
3084 /*
|
|
|
3085 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
|
3086 */
|
|
|
3087 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
3088 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
3089 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
3090
|
|
7
|
3091 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
|
3092 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
|
3093 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
|
3094 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
|
3095 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
|
3096 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
3097 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
|
3098 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
|
3099 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
|
3100 for (;;)
|
|
|
3101 {
|
|
464
|
3102 int flags = 0;
|
|
7
|
3103
|
|
540
|
3104 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that
|
|
|
3105 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
|
7
|
3106 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
449
|
3107 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
3108 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
|
449
|
3109 dir, compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
3110 else
|
|
|
3111 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, dir,
|
|
449
|
3112 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
|
7
|
3113 RE_LAST);
|
|
449
|
3114 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3115 {
|
|
449
|
3116 /* set compl_started even on fail */
|
|
|
3117 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3118 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
3119 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
3120 }
|
|
|
3121 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
|
3122 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
|
3123 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3124 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
|
3125 {
|
|
|
3126 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
|
3127 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3128 break;
|
|
|
3129 }
|
|
|
3130
|
|
|
3131 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
|
449
|
3132 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
|
7
|
3133 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
|
3134 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
|
3135 continue;
|
|
|
3136 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
|
3137 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3138 {
|
|
449
|
3139 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3140 {
|
|
|
3141 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3142 continue;
|
|
|
3143 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3144 if (!p_paste)
|
|
|
3145 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3146 }
|
|
|
3147 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
3148 }
|
|
|
3149 else
|
|
|
3150 {
|
|
449
|
3151 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
3152
|
|
|
3153 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3154 {
|
|
449
|
3155 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
|
|
7
|
3156 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
|
3157 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
3158 continue;
|
|
|
3159 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3160 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3161 }
|
|
|
3162 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
|
3163 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3164 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3165
|
|
449
|
3166 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3167 && len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
3168 {
|
|
|
3169 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3170 {
|
|
|
3171 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
|
3172 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
|
3173 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
|
449
|
3174 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
|
7
|
3175 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3176 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
|
3177 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3178 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3179 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3180 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3181 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
|
3182 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3183 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
|
3184 {
|
|
419
|
3185 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
|
|
7
|
3186 {
|
|
419
|
3187 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
|
|
7
|
3188 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3189 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
|
3190 if (p_js
|
|
419
|
3191 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
|
|
7
|
3192 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
|
3193 == NULL
|
|
419
|
3194 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
|
|
|
3195 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
|
|
7
|
3196 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3197 }
|
|
|
3198 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
|
3199 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
|
3200 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
|
3201 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3202 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
464
|
3203 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3204 }
|
|
|
3205 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
3206 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
|
3207 }
|
|
449
|
3208 if (len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
3209 continue;
|
|
|
3210 }
|
|
|
3211 }
|
|
|
3212 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len,
|
|
540
|
3213 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
|
464
|
3214 dir, flags) != NOTDONE)
|
|
7
|
3215 {
|
|
|
3216 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3217 break;
|
|
|
3218 }
|
|
|
3219 }
|
|
|
3220 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3221 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3222 }
|
|
540
|
3223
|
|
449
|
3224 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
|
|
|
3225 * expansion added somenthing) */
|
|
540
|
3226 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
|
|
7
|
3227 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3228
|
|
|
3229 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
|
3230 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
|
3231 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3232 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
|
540
|
3233 {
|
|
|
3234 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3235 break;
|
|
|
3236 if (pum_wanted() && type != -1)
|
|
|
3237 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
|
|
|
3238 ins_compl_check_keys(0);
|
|
|
3239 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3240 || compl_interrupted)
|
|
|
3241 break;
|
|
|
3242 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
|
3243 }
|
|
|
3244 else
|
|
|
3245 {
|
|
|
3246 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
|
3247 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
3248 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
|
3249
|
|
|
3250 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3251 }
|
|
449
|
3252 }
|
|
|
3253 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3254
|
|
|
3255 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3256 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
|
3257 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3258
|
|
|
3259 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
|
3260 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
|
3261 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
|
3262 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
3263
|
|
|
3264 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
|
449
|
3265 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
|
|
|
3266 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
|
464
|
3267 compl_curr_match = dir == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next : old_match->cp_prev;
|
|
449
|
3268 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
|
|
|
3269 compl_curr_match = old_match;
|
|
7
|
3270 return i;
|
|
|
3271 }
|
|
|
3272
|
|
|
3273 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
|
3274 static void
|
|
|
3275 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
|
3276 {
|
|
|
3277 int i;
|
|
|
3278
|
|
|
3279 /*
|
|
|
3280 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
|
3281 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
|
3282 */
|
|
449
|
3283 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
|
|
7
|
3284 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
3285 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
3286 }
|
|
|
3287
|
|
|
3288 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
|
3289 static void
|
|
|
3290 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
|
3291 {
|
|
464
|
3292 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
7
|
3293 }
|
|
|
3294
|
|
|
3295 /*
|
|
|
3296 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
|
464
|
3297 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
|
|
|
3298 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
|
|
|
3299 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
|
|
|
3300 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
|
|
|
3301 * through the ones found so far.
|
|
7
|
3302 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
|
3303 *
|
|
449
|
3304 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
|
3305 * compl_shown_match here.
|
|
7
|
3306 *
|
|
|
3307 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
|
464
|
3308 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
|
3309 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
|
|
7
|
3310 */
|
|
|
3311 static int
|
|
610
|
3312 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count)
|
|
7
|
3313 int allow_get_expansion;
|
|
610
|
3314 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should
|
|
|
3315 be at least 1 */
|
|
7
|
3316 {
|
|
|
3317 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
|
3318 int i;
|
|
610
|
3319 int todo = count;
|
|
7
|
3320
|
|
|
3321 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3322 {
|
|
|
3323 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
|
3324 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3325 }
|
|
449
|
3326 compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
610
|
3327
|
|
|
3328 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap
|
|
|
3329 * around. */
|
|
|
3330 while (--todo >= 0)
|
|
|
3331 {
|
|
|
3332 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
3333 {
|
|
|
3334 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
3335 if (compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL
|
|
|
3336 && compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)
|
|
|
3337 break;
|
|
|
3338 }
|
|
|
3339 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
|
|
|
3340 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
|
|
|
3341 {
|
|
|
3342 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
3343 if (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)
|
|
|
3344 break;
|
|
7
|
3345 }
|
|
|
3346 else
|
|
610
|
3347 {
|
|
|
3348 compl_pending = TRUE;
|
|
|
3349 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3350 {
|
|
|
3351 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos,
|
|
|
3352 compl_direction);
|
|
|
3353 if (compl_pending)
|
|
|
3354 {
|
|
|
3355 if (compl_direction == compl_shows_dir)
|
|
|
3356 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
3357 }
|
|
|
3358 }
|
|
|
3359 else
|
|
|
3360 return -1;
|
|
|
3361 }
|
|
7
|
3362 }
|
|
|
3363
|
|
|
3364 /* Insert the text of the new completion */
|
|
|
3365 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
3366
|
|
|
3367 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3368 {
|
|
540
|
3369 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */
|
|
|
3370 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
3371
|
|
|
3372 /* display the updated popup menu */
|
|
|
3373 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
3374
|
|
7
|
3375 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
|
3376 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
|
3377 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3378 }
|
|
|
3379
|
|
|
3380 /*
|
|
|
3381 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
|
3382 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
|
3383 */
|
|
464
|
3384 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
|
|
7
|
3385 {
|
|
|
3386 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
|
464
|
3387 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
|
7
|
3388 if (i <= 0)
|
|
|
3389 i = 0;
|
|
|
3390 else
|
|
|
3391 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
|
464
|
3392 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
|
|
7
|
3393 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
3394 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
|
3395 }
|
|
|
3396
|
|
|
3397 return num_matches;
|
|
|
3398 }
|
|
|
3399
|
|
|
3400 /*
|
|
|
3401 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
|
3402 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
|
449
|
3403 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is TRUE, show a completion as soon as
|
|
7
|
3404 * possible. -- webb
|
|
464
|
3405 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
|
|
7
|
3406 */
|
|
|
3407 void
|
|
464
|
3408 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
|
|
|
3409 int frequency;
|
|
7
|
3410 {
|
|
|
3411 static int count = 0;
|
|
|
3412
|
|
|
3413 int c;
|
|
|
3414
|
|
|
3415 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
|
3416 * scripts */
|
|
|
3417 if (using_script())
|
|
|
3418 return;
|
|
|
3419
|
|
|
3420 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
|
464
|
3421 if (++count < frequency)
|
|
7
|
3422 return;
|
|
|
3423 count = 0;
|
|
|
3424
|
|
|
3425 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3426 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
|
3427 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3428 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
3429 {
|
|
|
3430 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
3431 {
|
|
|
3432 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
610
|
3433 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
|
3434 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c));
|
|
7
|
3435 }
|
|
|
3436 else if (c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
449
|
3437 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
|
3438 }
|
|
|
3439 if (compl_pending && !got_int)
|
|
610
|
3440 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
3441 }
|
|
|
3442
|
|
|
3443 /*
|
|
|
3444 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed.
|
|
|
3445 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD.
|
|
|
3446 */
|
|
|
3447 static int
|
|
|
3448 ins_compl_key2dir(c)
|
|
|
3449 int c;
|
|
|
3450 {
|
|
|
3451 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L || (pum_visible()
|
|
|
3452 && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP)))
|
|
|
3453 return BACKWARD;
|
|
|
3454 return FORWARD;
|
|
|
3455 }
|
|
|
3456
|
|
|
3457 /*
|
|
644
|
3458 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu
|
|
|
3459 * is visible.
|
|
|
3460 */
|
|
|
3461 static int
|
|
|
3462 ins_compl_pum_key(c)
|
|
|
3463 int c;
|
|
|
3464 {
|
|
|
3465 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
|
|
|
3466 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN);
|
|
|
3467 }
|
|
|
3468
|
|
|
3469 /*
|
|
610
|
3470 * Decide the number of completions to move forward.
|
|
|
3471 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys.
|
|
|
3472 */
|
|
|
3473 static int
|
|
|
3474 ins_compl_key2count(c)
|
|
|
3475 int c;
|
|
|
3476 {
|
|
|
3477 int h;
|
|
|
3478
|
|
644
|
3479 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
610
|
3480 {
|
|
|
3481 h = pum_get_height();
|
|
|
3482 if (h > 3)
|
|
|
3483 h -= 2; /* keep some context */
|
|
|
3484 return h;
|
|
|
3485 }
|
|
|
3486 return 1;
|
|
7
|
3487 }
|
|
|
3488
|
|
|
3489 /*
|
|
|
3490 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
|
3491 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
|
3492 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
3493 */
|
|
|
3494 static int
|
|
|
3495 ins_complete(c)
|
|
449
|
3496 int c;
|
|
7
|
3497 {
|
|
449
|
3498 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3499 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
|
|
|
3500 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
|
|
|
3501 int n;
|
|
7
|
3502
|
|
610
|
3503 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
449
|
3504 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3505 {
|
|
|
3506 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
|
3507
|
|
|
3508 /* Turn off 'sm' so we don't show matches with ^X^L */
|
|
|
3509 save_sm = p_sm;
|
|
|
3510 p_sm = FALSE;
|
|
|
3511
|
|
|
3512 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
3513 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
3514 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3515 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3516 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
3517 #endif
|
|
|
3518 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
3519 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3520
|
|
|
3521 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
449
|
3522 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
3523
|
|
|
3524 /* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
|
449
|
3525 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
|
|
|
3526 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
|
|
|
3527 * "compl_startpos"
|
|
7
|
3528 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
|
|
|
3529 * been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL is set then
|
|
|
3530 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
|
|
|
3531 * been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
|
449
|
3532 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
7
|
3533 {
|
|
|
3534 /*
|
|
|
3535 * it is a continued search
|
|
|
3536 */
|
|
449
|
3537 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
|
7
|
3538 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3539 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3540 {
|
|
449
|
3541 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
7
|
3542 {
|
|
449
|
3543 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
|
|
|
3544 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
|
|
|
3545 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
|
|
|
3546 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
|
3547 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
|
3548 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
3549 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3550 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
|
7
|
3551 }
|
|
|
3552 else
|
|
|
3553 {
|
|
|
3554 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
|
3555 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
|
449
|
3556 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
|
|
|
3557 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
3558 {
|
|
449
|
3559 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3560 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
|
|
|
3561 line + compl_length
|
|
|
3562 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
|
|
7
|
3563 }
|
|
449
|
3564 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
|
|
7
|
3565 }
|
|
449
|
3566 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
502
|
3567 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
7
|
3568 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
|
3569 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
|
449
|
3570 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
|
7
|
3571 {
|
|
449
|
3572 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3573 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
|
3574 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
|
|
7
|
3575 }
|
|
449
|
3576 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3577 if (compl_length < 1)
|
|
|
3578 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
3579 }
|
|
|
3580 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3581 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
7
|
3582 else
|
|
449
|
3583 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
3584 }
|
|
|
3585 else
|
|
449
|
3586 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3587
|
|
|
3588 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
|
3589 {
|
|
|
3590 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
7
|
3591 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
|
449
|
3592 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3593 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3594 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3595 startcol = (int)curs_col;
|
|
|
3596 compl_col = 0;
|
|
7
|
3597 }
|
|
|
3598
|
|
|
3599 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
|
3600 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
|
3601 {
|
|
449
|
3602 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
|
|
7
|
3603 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3604 {
|
|
449
|
3605 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
|
7
|
3606 {
|
|
449
|
3607 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3608 ;
|
|
449
|
3609 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3610 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
3611 }
|
|
|
3612 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
3613 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3614 compl_length, NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3615 else
|
|
449
|
3616 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3617 compl_length);
|
|
|
3618 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3619 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3620 }
|
|
449
|
3621 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3622 {
|
|
|
3623 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
|
3624
|
|
|
3625 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
|
3626 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
3627 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3628 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
3629 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3630 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3631 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
|
|
|
3632 || (compl_col > 0
|
|
7
|
3633 && (
|
|
|
3634 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
3635 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
|
|
7
|
3636 #else
|
|
449
|
3637 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
|
|
7
|
3638 #endif
|
|
|
3639 )))
|
|
|
3640 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
|
449
|
3641 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
|
|
|
3642 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
|
|
|
3643 line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
3644 }
|
|
449
|
3645 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
|
|
7
|
3646 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
3647 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
|
|
7
|
3648 #else
|
|
449
|
3649 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
|
|
7
|
3650 #endif
|
|
|
3651 )
|
|
|
3652 {
|
|
|
3653 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
|
449
|
3654 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
|
3655 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3656 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3657 compl_col += curs_col;
|
|
|
3658 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
3659 }
|
|
|
3660 else
|
|
|
3661 {
|
|
|
3662 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3663 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
|
3664 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
|
3665 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3666 {
|
|
|
3667 int base_class;
|
|
|
3668 int head_off;
|
|
|
3669
|
|
449
|
3670 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
3671 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
|
|
|
3672 while (--startcol >= 0)
|
|
7
|
3673 {
|
|
449
|
3674 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
3675 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
|
|
|
3676 - head_off))
|
|
7
|
3677 break;
|
|
449
|
3678 startcol -= head_off;
|
|
7
|
3679 }
|
|
|
3680 }
|
|
|
3681 else
|
|
|
3682 #endif
|
|
449
|
3683 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3684 ;
|
|
449
|
3685 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3686 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
3687 if (compl_length == 1)
|
|
7
|
3688 {
|
|
|
3689 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
|
3690 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
|
3691 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
|
3692 */
|
|
449
|
3693 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
|
|
|
3694 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3695 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3696 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
3697 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
|
|
|
3698 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
|
|
7
|
3699 }
|
|
|
3700 else
|
|
|
3701 {
|
|
449
|
3702 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3703 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
3704 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3705 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3706 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
3707 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3708 compl_length);
|
|
7
|
3709 }
|
|
|
3710 }
|
|
|
3711 }
|
|
|
3712 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3713 {
|
|
449
|
3714 compl_col = skipwhite(line) - line;
|
|
|
3715 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
|
3716 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
|
3717 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
3718 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
3719 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
3720 NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3721 else
|
|
449
|
3722 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3723 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3724 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3725 }
|
|
|
3726 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
3727 {
|
|
449
|
3728 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3729 ;
|
|
449
|
3730 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3731 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
3732 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
3733 EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
|
3734 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3735 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3736 }
|
|
|
3737 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3738 {
|
|
449
|
3739 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
|
|
|
3740 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3741 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3742 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
3743 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
|
|
|
3744 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
|
3745 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
|
7
|
3746 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3747 startcol = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
|
|
|
3748 compl_col = startcol;
|
|
|
3749 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
3750 }
|
|
523
|
3751 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
502
|
3752 {
|
|
12
|
3753 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3754 /*
|
|
502
|
3755 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
|
|
|
3756 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
|
|
12
|
3757 */
|
|
502
|
3758 char_u *args[2];
|
|
452
|
3759 int col;
|
|
502
|
3760 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
3761 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
3762
|
|
523
|
3763 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
|
|
502
|
3764 * string */
|
|
|
3765 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
3766 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
3767 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
523
|
3768 {
|
|
|
3769 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
3770 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
|
|
12
|
3771 return FAIL;
|
|
523
|
3772 }
|
|
452
|
3773
|
|
|
3774 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
|
|
502
|
3775 args[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
3776 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3777 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
3778 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
|
3779
|
|
452
|
3780 if (col < 0)
|
|
523
|
3781 col = curs_col;
|
|
452
|
3782 compl_col = col;
|
|
|
3783 if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
|
|
|
3784 compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
449
|
3785
|
|
|
3786 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
|
|
|
3787 * it may have become invalid. */
|
|
|
3788 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
452
|
3789 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
449
|
3790 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3791 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
502
|
3792 #endif
|
|
449
|
3793 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3794 }
|
|
477
|
3795 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
3796 {
|
|
|
3797 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
497
|
3798 if (spell_bad_len > 0)
|
|
|
3799 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
|
|
|
3800 else
|
|
|
3801 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
|
|
|
3802 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
|
|
477
|
3803 return FAIL;
|
|
537
|
3804 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
|
|
477
|
3805 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
|
3806 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3807 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
|
3808 #endif
|
|
|
3809 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3810 }
|
|
449
|
3811 else
|
|
|
3812 {
|
|
|
3813 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
|
|
|
3814 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3815 }
|
|
|
3816
|
|
|
3817 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3818 {
|
|
|
3819 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
|
3820 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3821 {
|
|
|
3822 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
|
3823 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3824 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
3825
|
|
|
3826 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
3827 #endif
|
|
449
|
3828 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3829 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
7
|
3830 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
|
3831 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3832 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
|
3833 #endif
|
|
449
|
3834 compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
3835 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
3836 }
|
|
|
3837 }
|
|
|
3838 else
|
|
|
3839 {
|
|
|
3840 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
449
|
3841 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
3842 }
|
|
|
3843
|
|
|
3844 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
3845 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
|
|
7
|
3846 else
|
|
|
3847 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
3848
|
|
|
3849 /* Always add completion for the original text. Note that
|
|
449
|
3850 * "compl_orig_text" itself (not a copy) is added, it will be freed
|
|
|
3851 * when the list of matches is freed. */
|
|
|
3852 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3853 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
|
|
3854 -1, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
|
|
3855 {
|
|
|
3856 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
3857 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
3858 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
3859 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
7
|
3860 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3861 }
|
|
|
3862
|
|
|
3863 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
|
3864 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
|
3865 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
|
3866 */
|
|
|
3867 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
|
3868 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3869 showmode();
|
|
|
3870 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
3871 out_flush();
|
|
|
3872 }
|
|
|
3873
|
|
449
|
3874 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
3875 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
3876
|
|
|
3877 /*
|
|
|
3878 * Find next match.
|
|
|
3879 */
|
|
610
|
3880 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c));
|
|
449
|
3881
|
|
540
|
3882 /* may undisplay the popup menu */
|
|
|
3883 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
3884
|
|
449
|
3885 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
|
3886 compl_matches = n;
|
|
|
3887 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
3888 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
|
|
|
3889 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3890
|
|
|
3891 /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
|
|
|
3892 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
|
3893 {
|
|
|
3894 (void)vgetc();
|
|
|
3895 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
3896 }
|
|
|
3897
|
|
449
|
3898 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
|
|
464
|
3899 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
|
|
449
|
3900 {
|
|
|
3901 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3902 && compl_length > 1
|
|
7
|
3903 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
|
3904 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
|
3905 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
|
3906 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
|
3907 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
|
3908 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
3909 if ( compl_length > 1
|
|
|
3910 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3911 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
3912 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3913 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
|
449
|
3914 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3915 }
|
|
|
3916
|
|
464
|
3917 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
449
|
3918 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3919 else
|
|
449
|
3920 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3921
|
|
|
3922 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
3923 {
|
|
464
|
3924 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
7
|
3925 {
|
|
|
3926 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
|
3927 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
|
3928 }
|
|
449
|
3929 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
3930 {
|
|
|
3931 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
|
3932 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3933 }
|
|
464
|
3934 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
|
|
7
|
3935 {
|
|
|
3936 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
|
3937 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3938 }
|
|
|
3939 else
|
|
|
3940 {
|
|
|
3941 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
|
464
|
3942 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
|
|
7
|
3943 {
|
|
464
|
3944 int number = 0;
|
|
|
3945 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
3946
|
|
449
|
3947 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
|
|
7
|
3948 {
|
|
|
3949 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
|
3950 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
|
3951 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
3952 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
|
|
|
3953 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
3954 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
3955 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
3956 {
|
|
464
|
3957 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
3958 break;
|
|
|
3959 }
|
|
|
3960 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
3961 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
|
3962 * yet */
|
|
540
|
3963 for (match = match->cp_next;
|
|
|
3964 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
464
|
3965 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
3966 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
3967 }
|
|
|
3968 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
3969 {
|
|
|
3970 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
|
3971 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
|
3972 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
3973 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
|
|
|
3974 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
3975 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
3976 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
3977 {
|
|
464
|
3978 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
3979 break;
|
|
|
3980 }
|
|
|
3981 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
3982 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
|
3983 * assigned yet */
|
|
464
|
3984 for (match = match->cp_prev; match
|
|
|
3985 && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
|
3986 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
3987 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
3988 }
|
|
|
3989 }
|
|
|
3990
|
|
540
|
3991 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
|
|
|
3992 * just a safety check. */
|
|
464
|
3993 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
3994 {
|
|
|
3995 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
|
|
|
3996 static char_u match_ref[31];
|
|
|
3997
|
|
449
|
3998 if (compl_matches > 0)
|
|
7
|
3999 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
|
|
464
|
4000 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
|
|
7
|
4001 else
|
|
449
|
4002 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"),
|
|
464
|
4003 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
|
|
419
|
4004 vim_strncpy(match_ref, IObuff, 30);
|
|
7
|
4005 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
|
4006 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
|
4007 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
4008 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
|
4009 }
|
|
|
4010 }
|
|
|
4011 }
|
|
|
4012
|
|
|
4013 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
|
4014 showmode();
|
|
|
4015 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
4016 {
|
|
|
4017 if (!p_smd)
|
|
|
4018 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
|
4019 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
|
4020 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
|
4021 }
|
|
|
4022 else
|
|
|
4023 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
4024
|
|
540
|
4025 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
4026
|
|
7
|
4027 return OK;
|
|
|
4028 }
|
|
|
4029
|
|
|
4030 /*
|
|
|
4031 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
|
4032 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
|
4033 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
|
4034 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
|
4035 */
|
|
|
4036 static int
|
|
|
4037 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
|
4038 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
4039 char_u *src;
|
|
|
4040 int len;
|
|
|
4041 {
|
|
|
4042 int m;
|
|
|
4043
|
|
|
4044 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
|
4045 {
|
|
|
4046 switch (*src)
|
|
|
4047 {
|
|
|
4048 case '.':
|
|
|
4049 case '*':
|
|
|
4050 case '[':
|
|
|
4051 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
4052 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
4053 break;
|
|
|
4054 case '~':
|
|
|
4055 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
|
4056 break;
|
|
|
4057 case '\\':
|
|
|
4058 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
4059 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
4060 break;
|
|
|
4061 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
|
4062 case '$':
|
|
|
4063 m++;
|
|
|
4064 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4065 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
|
4066 break;
|
|
|
4067 }
|
|
|
4068 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4069 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
464
|
4070 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7
|
4071 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
|
4072 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4073 {
|
|
|
4074 int i, mb_len;
|
|
|
4075
|
|
474
|
4076 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
|
|
7
|
4077 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
|
4078 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
|
4079 {
|
|
|
4080 --len;
|
|
|
4081 ++src;
|
|
|
4082 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4083 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
4084 }
|
|
|
4085 }
|
|
464
|
4086 # endif
|
|
7
|
4087 }
|
|
|
4088 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4089 *dest = NUL;
|
|
|
4090
|
|
|
4091 return m;
|
|
|
4092 }
|
|
|
4093 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
4094
|
|
|
4095 /*
|
|
|
4096 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
|
4097 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
|
4098 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
|
4099 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
|
4100 */
|
|
|
4101 int
|
|
|
4102 get_literal()
|
|
|
4103 {
|
|
|
4104 int cc;
|
|
|
4105 int nc;
|
|
|
4106 int i;
|
|
|
4107 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
|
4108 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
|
4109 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4110 int unicode = 0;
|
|
|
4111 #endif
|
|
|
4112
|
|
|
4113 if (got_int)
|
|
|
4114 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
|
4115
|
|
|
4116 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4117 /*
|
|
|
4118 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
|
4119 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
|
4120 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
|
4121 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
|
4122 */
|
|
|
4123 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
4124 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
4125 #endif
|
|
|
4126 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4127 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4128 #endif
|
|
|
4129 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
4130 cc = 0;
|
|
|
4131 i = 0;
|
|
|
4132 for (;;)
|
|
|
4133 {
|
|
|
4134 do
|
|
|
4135 nc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
4136 while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
4137 || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
|
|
|
4138 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
4139 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
4140 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4141 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
|
4142 # endif
|
|
|
4143 )
|
|
|
4144 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
|
4145 #endif
|
|
|
4146 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
|
4147 hex = TRUE;
|
|
|
4148 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
|
4149 octal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4150 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4151 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
|
4152 unicode = nc;
|
|
|
4153 #endif
|
|
|
4154 else
|
|
|
4155 {
|
|
|
4156 if (hex
|
|
|
4157 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4158 || unicode != 0
|
|
|
4159 #endif
|
|
|
4160 )
|
|
|
4161 {
|
|
|
4162 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
|
4163 break;
|
|
|
4164 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
|
4165 }
|
|
|
4166 else if (octal)
|
|
|
4167 {
|
|
|
4168 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
|
4169 break;
|
|
|
4170 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
4171 }
|
|
|
4172 else
|
|
|
4173 {
|
|
|
4174 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
|
4175 break;
|
|
|
4176 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
4177 }
|
|
|
4178
|
|
|
4179 ++i;
|
|
|
4180 }
|
|
|
4181
|
|
|
4182 if (cc > 255
|
|
|
4183 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4184 && unicode == 0
|
|
|
4185 #endif
|
|
|
4186 )
|
|
|
4187 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
|
4188 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4189
|
|
|
4190 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
|
4191 {
|
|
|
4192 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
4193 break;
|
|
|
4194 }
|
|
|
4195 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4196 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
|
4197 {
|
|
|
4198 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
|
4199 break;
|
|
|
4200 }
|
|
|
4201 #endif
|
|
|
4202 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
|
4203 break;
|
|
|
4204 }
|
|
|
4205 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
|
4206 {
|
|
|
4207 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
4208 {
|
|
|
4209 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
4210 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4211 }
|
|
|
4212 else
|
|
|
4213 {
|
|
|
4214 cc = nc;
|
|
|
4215 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4216 }
|
|
|
4217 }
|
|
|
4218
|
|
|
4219 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
4220 cc = '\n';
|
|
221
|
4221 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4222 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
|
|
|
4223 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
|
|
|
4224 second byte will cause trouble! */
|
|
|
4225 #endif
|
|
7
|
4226
|
|
|
4227 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
4228 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4229 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
4230 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
4231 #endif
|
|
|
4232 if (nc)
|
|
|
4233 vungetc(nc);
|
|
|
4234 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
|
4235 return cc;
|
|
|
4236 }
|
|
|
4237
|
|
|
4238 /*
|
|
|
4239 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
|
4240 */
|
|
|
4241 static void
|
|
|
4242 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
|
4243 int c;
|
|
|
4244 int allow_modmask;
|
|
|
4245 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
|
4246 {
|
|
|
4247 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4248 int len;
|
|
|
4249
|
|
|
4250 /*
|
|
|
4251 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
|
4252 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
|
4253 * mode.
|
|
|
4254 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
|
4255 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
|
4256 */
|
|
|
4257 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
4258 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
|
4259 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
|
4260 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
|
4261 #endif
|
|
|
4262 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
|
4263 {
|
|
|
4264 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
|
4265 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
4266 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
|
4267 if (len > 2)
|
|
|
4268 {
|
|
|
4269 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4270 return;
|
|
|
4271 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4272 ins_str(p);
|
|
620
|
4273 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1);
|
|
7
|
4274 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
|
4275 }
|
|
|
4276 }
|
|
|
4277 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
4278 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
|
4279 }
|
|
|
4280
|
|
|
4281 /*
|
|
|
4282 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
|
4283 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
|
4284 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
|
4285 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
|
4286 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
|
4287 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
|
4288 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
|
4289 */
|
|
|
4290 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
4291 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4292 #else
|
|
|
4293 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4294 #endif
|
|
|
4295
|
|
|
4296 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4297 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
|
4298 #else
|
|
|
4299 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
|
4300 #endif
|
|
|
4301
|
|
|
4302 void
|
|
|
4303 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
|
4304 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
|
4305 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
|
4306 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
|
4307 {
|
|
|
4308 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
4309 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4310 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4311 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
|
4312 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4313 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
|
4314 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
|
4315 #endif
|
|
|
4316 int fo_white_par;
|
|
|
4317 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
4318 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
|
4319 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4320 int fo_multibyte;
|
|
|
4321 #endif
|
|
|
4322 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
|
4323 int cc;
|
|
|
4324
|
|
|
4325 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
|
4326 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
4327 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4328 fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
|
4329 #endif
|
|
|
4330 fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
|
4331
|
|
|
4332 /*
|
|
|
4333 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
|
4334 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
|
4335 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
|
4336 * ends in white space.
|
|
|
4337 * - Otherwise:
|
|
|
4338 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
|
4339 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
|
4340 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
4341 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
|
4342 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
|
4343 * before the insert.
|
|
|
4344 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
|
4345 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
|
4346 */
|
|
|
4347 if (textwidth
|
|
|
4348 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4349 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
|
4350 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4351 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4352 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4353 #endif
|
|
|
4354 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4355 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4356 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
|
4357 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4358 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
|
4359 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
|
4360 ))))))
|
|
|
4361 {
|
|
|
4362 /*
|
|
|
4363 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
|
4364 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
|
4365 */
|
|
|
4366 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
4367 {
|
|
|
4368 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4369 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4370 {
|
|
|
4371 save_char = cc;
|
|
|
4372 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
|
4373 }
|
|
|
4374 }
|
|
|
4375
|
|
|
4376 /*
|
|
|
4377 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
|
4378 */
|
|
|
4379 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
4380 {
|
|
|
4381 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
|
4382 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
|
4383 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
|
4384 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
|
4385 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4386 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
|
4387 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4388 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
|
4389 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
|
4390 #endif
|
|
|
4391 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
4392
|
|
|
4393 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4394 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4395 break;
|
|
|
4396
|
|
|
4397 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4398 if (no_leader)
|
|
|
4399 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
|
4400 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4401 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
|
4402 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
|
4403
|
|
|
4404 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4405 if (do_comments)
|
|
|
4406 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4407 else
|
|
|
4408 leader_len = 0;
|
|
|
4409
|
|
|
4410 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
|
4411 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
|
4412 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
|
4413 * to start with %. */
|
|
|
4414 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
|
4415 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
|
4416 #endif
|
|
|
4417 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4418 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4419 && leader_len == 0
|
|
|
4420 #endif
|
|
|
4421 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
|
4422
|
|
|
4423 {
|
|
|
4424 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4425 break;
|
|
|
4426 }
|
|
|
4427 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
|
4428 break;
|
|
|
4429
|
|
|
4430 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
|
4431 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
|
4432 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4433
|
|
|
4434 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
|
4435 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4436 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4437 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4438 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
4439 #endif
|
|
|
4440 foundcol = 0;
|
|
|
4441
|
|
|
4442 /*
|
|
|
4443 * Find position to break at.
|
|
|
4444 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
|
4445 */
|
|
|
4446 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
|
4447 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4448 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
4449 {
|
|
|
4450 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4451 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4452 {
|
|
|
4453 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
|
4454 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4455
|
|
|
4456 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
|
4457 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4458 {
|
|
|
4459 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4460 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4461 }
|
|
|
4462 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4463 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
|
4464 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4465 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4466 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
4467 break;
|
|
|
4468 #endif
|
|
|
4469 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
4470 {
|
|
|
4471 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
|
4472 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4473 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
|
4474
|
|
|
4475 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4476 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4477 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4478
|
|
|
4479 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4480 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
|
4481 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
4482 }
|
|
|
4483 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4484 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4485 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
474
|
4486 + (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
4487 else
|
|
|
4488 #endif
|
|
|
4489 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
|
4490 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4491 break;
|
|
|
4492 }
|
|
|
4493 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4494 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
|
4495 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4496 {
|
|
|
4497 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4498 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4499 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4500 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
|
4501 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
|
4502 break;
|
|
|
4503 }
|
|
|
4504 #endif
|
|
|
4505 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4506 break;
|
|
|
4507 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4508 }
|
|
|
4509
|
|
|
4510 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
|
4511 {
|
|
|
4512 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
|
4513 break;
|
|
|
4514 }
|
|
|
4515
|
|
|
4516 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
|
4517 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
4518
|
|
|
4519 /*
|
|
|
4520 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
|
4521 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
|
4522 * over the text instead.
|
|
|
4523 */
|
|
|
4524 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4525 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4526 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
|
4527 else
|
|
|
4528 #endif
|
|
|
4529 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
|
4530
|
|
|
4531 /*
|
|
|
4532 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
|
4533 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
|
4534 */
|
|
|
4535 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4536 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4537 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4538 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4539 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
|
4540 startcol = 0;
|
|
|
4541
|
|
|
4542 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4543 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4544 {
|
|
|
4545 /*
|
|
|
4546 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
|
4547 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
|
4548 */
|
|
|
4549 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
4550 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
4551 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
|
4552 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
|
4553 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
|
4554
|
|
|
4555 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
|
4556 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4557 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
|
4558 }
|
|
|
4559 else
|
|
|
4560 #endif
|
|
|
4561 {
|
|
|
4562 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
|
4563 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4564 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4565 }
|
|
|
4566
|
|
|
4567 /*
|
|
|
4568 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
|
4569 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
|
4570 */
|
|
|
4571 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
|
4572 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
|
4573 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4574 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
|
4575 #endif
|
|
|
4576 , old_indent);
|
|
|
4577 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
4578
|
|
|
4579 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
4580 if (first_line)
|
|
|
4581 {
|
|
|
4582 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
|
4583 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
|
4584 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
|
4585 {
|
|
|
4586 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4587 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4588 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
4589 else
|
|
|
4590 #endif
|
|
|
4591 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
4592 }
|
|
|
4593 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
|
4594 }
|
|
|
4595
|
|
|
4596 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4597 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4598 {
|
|
|
4599 /*
|
|
|
4600 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
|
4601 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
|
4602 */
|
|
|
4603 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
|
4604 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
|
4605 }
|
|
|
4606 else
|
|
|
4607 #endif
|
|
|
4608 {
|
|
|
4609 /*
|
|
|
4610 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
|
4611 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
|
4612 */
|
|
|
4613 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
|
4614 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4615 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
|
4616 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
4617 }
|
|
|
4618
|
|
|
4619 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
4620 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4621 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
4622 #endif
|
|
|
4623 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
|
4624 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4625 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4626 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4627 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4628 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4629 #endif
|
|
|
4630 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
4631 }
|
|
|
4632
|
|
|
4633 if (save_char) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
|
4634 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
|
4635
|
|
|
4636 if (c == NUL) /* formatting only */
|
|
|
4637 return;
|
|
|
4638 if (haveto_redraw)
|
|
|
4639 {
|
|
|
4640 update_topline();
|
|
|
4641 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
|
4642 }
|
|
|
4643 }
|
|
|
4644 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
|
4645 return;
|
|
|
4646
|
|
|
4647 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4648 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
|
4649 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4650 {
|
|
|
4651 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4652 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
4653 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
|
4654 int i;
|
|
|
4655
|
|
|
4656 /*
|
|
|
4657 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
|
4658 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
|
4659 */
|
|
|
4660 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
|
4661 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
|
4662 {
|
|
|
4663 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
|
4664 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
4665 ++p;
|
|
|
4666 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4667 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
|
4668 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
|
4669 --middle_len;
|
|
|
4670
|
|
|
4671 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
|
4672 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
4673 ++p;
|
|
|
4674 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4675
|
|
|
4676 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
|
4677 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4678 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
4679 ;
|
|
|
4680 i++;
|
|
|
4681
|
|
|
4682 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
|
4683 i -= middle_len;
|
|
|
4684
|
|
|
4685 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
|
4686 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4687 {
|
|
|
4688 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
|
4689 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
4690
|
|
|
4691 /*
|
|
|
4692 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
|
4693 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
|
4694 */
|
|
|
4695 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
|
4696 }
|
|
|
4697 }
|
|
|
4698 }
|
|
|
4699 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
4700 #endif
|
|
|
4701
|
|
|
4702 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4703 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4704 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4705 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4706 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4707 #endif
|
|
|
4708
|
|
|
4709 /*
|
|
|
4710 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
|
4711 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
|
4712 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
|
4713 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
|
4714 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
|
4715 */
|
|
|
4716 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4717 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4718 #endif
|
|
|
4719
|
|
|
4720 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4721 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4722 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4723 #endif
|
|
|
4724 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
|
4725 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4726 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4727 && !cindent_on()
|
|
|
4728 #endif
|
|
|
4729 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4730 && !p_ri
|
|
|
4731 #endif
|
|
|
4732 )
|
|
|
4733 {
|
|
|
4734 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
|
4735 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
|
4736 int i;
|
|
|
4737 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
|
4738
|
|
|
4739 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
4740 i = 1;
|
|
|
4741 if (textwidth)
|
|
|
4742 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4743 /*
|
|
|
4744 * Stop the string when:
|
|
|
4745 * - no more chars available
|
|
|
4746 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
|
4747 * - buffer is full
|
|
|
4748 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
|
4749 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
|
4750 */
|
|
|
4751 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
|
4752 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4753 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4754 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4755 #endif
|
|
|
4756 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
|
4757 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
|
4758 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4759 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
|
4760 {
|
|
|
4761 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4762 c = vgetc();
|
|
|
4763 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4764 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
4765 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
4766 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4767 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
4768 # endif
|
|
|
4769 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
|
4770 #else
|
|
|
4771 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
|
4772 #endif
|
|
|
4773 }
|
|
|
4774
|
|
|
4775 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
4776 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
4777 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
|
4778 #endif
|
|
|
4779 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
4780 ins_str(buf);
|
|
|
4781 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4782 {
|
|
|
4783 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
|
4784 i = 1;
|
|
|
4785 }
|
|
|
4786 else
|
|
|
4787 i = 0;
|
|
|
4788 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
620
|
4789 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1);
|
|
7
|
4790 }
|
|
|
4791 else
|
|
|
4792 {
|
|
|
4793 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4794 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
4795 {
|
|
|
4796 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
4797
|
|
|
4798 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
4799 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
4800 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
4801 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4802 }
|
|
|
4803 else
|
|
|
4804 #endif
|
|
|
4805 {
|
|
|
4806 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
4807 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4808 redo_literal(c);
|
|
|
4809 else
|
|
|
4810 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4811 }
|
|
|
4812 }
|
|
|
4813 }
|
|
|
4814
|
|
|
4815 /*
|
|
|
4816 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
|
4817 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
|
4818 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
|
4819 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
|
4820 * saved here.
|
|
|
4821 */
|
|
|
4822 void
|
|
|
4823 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
|
4824 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
|
4825 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
|
4826 {
|
|
|
4827 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4828 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4829 char_u *old;
|
|
|
4830 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
|
4831 int wasatend;
|
|
301
|
4832 int cc;
|
|
7
|
4833
|
|
|
4834 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
|
4835 return;
|
|
|
4836
|
|
|
4837 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4838 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4839
|
|
|
4840 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4841 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4842
|
|
|
4843 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
|
4844 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
|
4845 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
|
4846 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
|
4847 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
|
4848 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
|
4849 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
|
4850 {
|
|
|
4851 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
4852 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4853 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
4854 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
7
|
4855 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
4856 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4857 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
4858 {
|
|
|
4859 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4860 return;
|
|
|
4861 }
|
|
|
4862 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4863 }
|
|
|
4864
|
|
|
4865 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4866 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
|
4867 * comments. */
|
|
|
4868 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
|
4869 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
|
4870 return;
|
|
|
4871 #endif
|
|
|
4872
|
|
|
4873 /*
|
|
|
4874 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
|
4875 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
|
4876 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
|
4877 */
|
|
|
4878 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
4879 {
|
|
|
4880 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4881 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4882 return;
|
|
|
4883 }
|
|
|
4884
|
|
|
4885 /*
|
|
|
4886 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
|
4887 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
|
4888 */
|
|
|
4889 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4890 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
|
|
|
4891 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
|
4892 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
4893
|
|
|
4894 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
4895 {
|
|
|
4896 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
|
4897 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
4898 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
4899 }
|
|
|
4900 else
|
|
|
4901 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
4902
|
|
|
4903 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
|
4904 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
|
4905 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
|
4906 * formatted. */
|
|
|
4907 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
4908 {
|
|
|
4909 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4910 len = STRLEN(new);
|
|
|
4911 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
|
4912 {
|
|
|
4913 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
|
4914 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
|
4915 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4916 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
|
4917 /* remove the space later */
|
|
|
4918 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
4919 }
|
|
|
4920 else
|
|
|
4921 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4922 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4923 }
|
|
|
4924
|
|
|
4925 check_cursor();
|
|
|
4926 }
|
|
|
4927
|
|
|
4928 /*
|
|
|
4929 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
|
4930 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
|
4931 * position.
|
|
|
4932 */
|
|
|
4933 static void
|
|
|
4934 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
|
4935 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
|
4936 {
|
|
|
4937 int c = ' ';
|
|
301
|
4938 int cc;
|
|
7
|
4939
|
|
|
4940 if (did_add_space)
|
|
|
4941 {
|
|
301
|
4942 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4943 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
4944 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
|
4945 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
4946 else
|
|
|
4947 {
|
|
|
4948 if (!end_insert)
|
|
|
4949 {
|
|
|
4950 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4951 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4952 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4953 }
|
|
|
4954 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
4955 {
|
|
|
4956 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
|
4957 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
4958 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
4959 }
|
|
|
4960 }
|
|
|
4961 }
|
|
|
4962 }
|
|
|
4963
|
|
|
4964 /*
|
|
|
4965 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
|
4966 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
|
4967 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
|
4968 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
|
4969 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
|
4970 */
|
|
|
4971 int
|
|
|
4972 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
|
4973 int ff; /* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
|
|
|
4974 {
|
|
|
4975 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4976
|
|
|
4977 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
4978 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
|
4979 {
|
|
|
4980 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
|
4981 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
|
4982 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
|
4983 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
4984 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
4985 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
4986 #endif
|
|
|
4987 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4988 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
|
4989 #endif
|
|
|
4990 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
|
4991 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
|
4992 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
4993 || usingNetbeans
|
|
|
4994 # endif
|
|
|
4995 )
|
|
|
4996 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
4997 #endif
|
|
|
4998 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
|
4999 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
|
5000 }
|
|
|
5001 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
|
5002 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
5003 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
|
5004 {
|
|
|
5005 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
|
5006 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
|
5007 textwidth = 79;
|
|
|
5008 }
|
|
|
5009 return textwidth;
|
|
|
5010 }
|
|
|
5011
|
|
|
5012 /*
|
|
|
5013 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
|
5014 */
|
|
|
5015 static void
|
|
|
5016 redo_literal(c)
|
|
|
5017 int c;
|
|
|
5018 {
|
|
|
5019 char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
5020
|
|
|
5021 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
|
5022 * three digits. */
|
|
|
5023 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
5024 {
|
|
|
5025 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
|
5026 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
|
5027 }
|
|
|
5028 else
|
|
|
5029 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5030 }
|
|
|
5031
|
|
|
5032 /*
|
|
|
5033 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
|
484
|
5034 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
|
7
|
5035 */
|
|
|
5036 static void
|
|
|
5037 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
|
5038 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
5039 {
|
|
|
5040 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
|
5041 {
|
|
|
5042 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
5043 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
|
5044 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
|
5045 }
|
|
221
|
5046 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
5047 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
5048 #endif
|
|
7
|
5049 }
|
|
|
5050
|
|
221
|
5051 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
5052 /*
|
|
|
5053 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
|
|
|
5054 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
|
|
|
5055 */
|
|
|
5056 static void
|
|
|
5057 check_spell_redraw()
|
|
|
5058 {
|
|
|
5059 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
5060 {
|
|
|
5061 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
|
|
|
5062
|
|
|
5063 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
5064 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
5065 }
|
|
|
5066 }
|
|
484
|
5067
|
|
|
5068 /*
|
|
|
5069 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
|
|
|
5070 * spelled word, if there is one.
|
|
|
5071 */
|
|
|
5072 static void
|
|
|
5073 spell_back_to_badword()
|
|
|
5074 {
|
|
|
5075 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5076
|
|
499
|
5077 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
484
|
5078 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
|
|
|
5079 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
5080 }
|
|
221
|
5081 #endif
|
|
|
5082
|
|
7
|
5083 /*
|
|
|
5084 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
|
5085 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
|
5086 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
|
5087 */
|
|
|
5088 int
|
|
|
5089 stop_arrow()
|
|
|
5090 {
|
|
|
5091 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
5092 {
|
|
|
5093 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
5094 {
|
|
|
5095 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
5096 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
5097 }
|
|
|
5098 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
|
5099 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5100 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
5101 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5102 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5103 {
|
|
|
5104 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5105 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
5106 }
|
|
|
5107 #endif
|
|
|
5108 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
5109 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
|
613
|
5110 new_insert_skip = 2;
|
|
7
|
5111 }
|
|
|
5112 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
|
5113 {
|
|
|
5114 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
5115 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
5116 }
|
|
|
5117
|
|
|
5118 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5119 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
|
5120 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
5121 #endif
|
|
|
5122
|
|
|
5123 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
|
5124 }
|
|
|
5125
|
|
|
5126 /*
|
|
|
5127 * do a few things to stop inserting
|
|
|
5128 */
|
|
|
5129 static void
|
|
|
5130 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
|
603
|
5131 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* where insert ended */
|
|
|
5132 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
7
|
5133 {
|
|
603
|
5134 int cc;
|
|
|
5135 char_u *ptr;
|
|
7
|
5136
|
|
|
5137 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
|
5138 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
|
5139
|
|
|
5140 /*
|
|
603
|
5141 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A.
|
|
|
5142 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted,
|
|
|
5143 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert".
|
|
7
|
5144 */
|
|
603
|
5145 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
615
|
5146 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL
|
|
|
5147 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip))
|
|
603
|
5148 {
|
|
|
5149 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5150 last_insert = ptr;
|
|
|
5151 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5152 }
|
|
|
5153 else
|
|
|
5154 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
7
|
5155
|
|
|
5156 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
5157 {
|
|
|
5158 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
|
5159 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
|
5160 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
|
5161 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
|
10
|
5162 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
7
|
5163 {
|
|
10
|
5164 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5165
|
|
7
|
5166 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
|
5167 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
|
5168 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
|
5169 cc = 'x';
|
|
|
5170 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
5171 {
|
|
|
5172 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5173 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5174 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
10
|
5175 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
7
|
5176 }
|
|
|
5177
|
|
|
5178 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5179
|
|
10
|
5180 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5181 {
|
|
|
5182 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
5183 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5184 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5185 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
|
5186 * the "coladd". */
|
|
|
5187 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
5188 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
|
5189 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
|
5190 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
|
5191 #endif
|
|
|
5192 }
|
|
7
|
5193 }
|
|
|
5194
|
|
|
5195 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
|
5196 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
|
5197
|
|
|
5198 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
|
10
|
5199 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
|
5200 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
|
5201 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
|
5202 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
|
7
|
5203 {
|
|
10
|
5204 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5205
|
|
|
5206 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
7
|
5207 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
5208 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5209 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5210 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
|
10
|
5211 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
|
5212 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
|
5213 else if (cc != NUL)
|
|
7
|
5214 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
|
5215
|
|
|
5216 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
5217 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
|
5218 * deleted characters. */
|
|
|
5219 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
5220 {
|
|
|
5221 cc = STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5222 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
|
5223 {
|
|
|
5224 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
|
5225 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5226 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5227 # endif
|
|
|
5228 }
|
|
|
5229 }
|
|
|
5230 #endif
|
|
|
5231 }
|
|
|
5232 }
|
|
|
5233 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
5234 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
5235 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5236 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5237 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
5238 #endif
|
|
|
5239
|
|
|
5240 /* set '[ and '] to the inserted text */
|
|
|
5241 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
|
5242 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
5243 }
|
|
|
5244
|
|
|
5245 /*
|
|
|
5246 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
|
5247 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
|
5248 */
|
|
|
5249 void
|
|
|
5250 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
|
5251 int c;
|
|
|
5252 {
|
|
|
5253 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5254
|
|
|
5255 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5256 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5257 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
|
5258 #else
|
|
|
5259 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
|
5260 #endif
|
|
|
5261 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
|
5262 {
|
|
|
5263 s = last_insert;
|
|
|
5264 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
|
5265 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
|
5266 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
|
5267 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
|
5268 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
|
5269 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
|
5270 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
5271 }
|
|
|
5272 }
|
|
|
5273
|
|
359
|
5274 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5275 void
|
|
|
5276 free_last_insert()
|
|
|
5277 {
|
|
|
5278 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5279 last_insert = NULL;
|
|
|
5280 }
|
|
|
5281 #endif
|
|
|
5282
|
|
7
|
5283 /*
|
|
|
5284 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
5285 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
5286 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
|
5287 */
|
|
|
5288 char_u *
|
|
|
5289 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
|
5290 int c;
|
|
|
5291 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5292 {
|
|
|
5293 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5294 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
5295 int i;
|
|
|
5296 int len;
|
|
|
5297
|
|
|
5298 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
|
5299 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
5300 {
|
|
|
5301 c = temp[i];
|
|
|
5302 #endif
|
|
|
5303 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
|
5304 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
5305 {
|
|
|
5306 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5307 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5308 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
|
5309 }
|
|
|
5310 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
5311 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
|
5312 {
|
|
|
5313 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
|
5314 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
5315 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
5316 }
|
|
|
5317 #endif
|
|
|
5318 else
|
|
|
5319 *s++ = c;
|
|
|
5320 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5321 }
|
|
|
5322 #endif
|
|
|
5323 return s;
|
|
|
5324 }
|
|
|
5325
|
|
|
5326 /*
|
|
|
5327 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
|
5328 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
|
5329 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
|
5330 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
|
5331 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
|
5332 */
|
|
|
5333 void
|
|
|
5334 beginline(flags)
|
|
|
5335 int flags;
|
|
|
5336 {
|
|
|
5337 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
|
5338 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5339 else
|
|
|
5340 {
|
|
|
5341 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5342 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5343 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5344 #endif
|
|
|
5345
|
|
|
5346 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
|
5347 {
|
|
|
5348 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5349
|
|
|
5350 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
|
5351 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
|
5352 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5353 }
|
|
|
5354 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5355 }
|
|
|
5356 }
|
|
|
5357
|
|
|
5358 /*
|
|
|
5359 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
|
5360 *
|
|
|
5361 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
|
5362 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line.
|
|
|
5363 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
|
5364 */
|
|
|
5365
|
|
|
5366 int
|
|
|
5367 oneright()
|
|
|
5368 {
|
|
|
5369 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5370 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5371 int l;
|
|
|
5372 #endif
|
|
|
5373
|
|
|
5374 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5375 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5376 {
|
|
|
5377 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5378
|
|
|
5379 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
|
5380 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5381 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5382 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5383 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5384 #else
|
|
|
5385 *ptr
|
|
|
5386 #endif
|
|
|
5387 ))
|
|
|
5388 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
|
5389 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5390 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
|
5391 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5392 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
5393 }
|
|
|
5394 #endif
|
|
|
5395
|
|
|
5396 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5397 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
5398 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr)) > 1)
|
|
7
|
5399 {
|
|
|
5400 /* The character under the cursor is a multi-byte character, move
|
|
|
5401 * several bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL. */
|
|
|
5402 if (ptr[l] == NUL)
|
|
|
5403 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5404 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
|
5405 }
|
|
|
5406 else
|
|
|
5407 #endif
|
|
|
5408 {
|
|
|
5409 if (*ptr++ == NUL || *ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
5410 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5411 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5412 }
|
|
|
5413
|
|
|
5414 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5415 return OK;
|
|
|
5416 }
|
|
|
5417
|
|
|
5418 int
|
|
|
5419 oneleft()
|
|
|
5420 {
|
|
|
5421 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5422 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5423 {
|
|
|
5424 int width;
|
|
|
5425 int v = getviscol();
|
|
|
5426
|
|
|
5427 if (v == 0)
|
|
|
5428 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5429
|
|
|
5430 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
5431 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
|
5432 width = 1;
|
|
|
5433 for (;;)
|
|
|
5434 {
|
|
|
5435 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
|
5436 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
|
5437 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
5438 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
|
5439 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5440 && !has_mbyte
|
|
|
5441 # endif
|
|
|
5442 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
|
5443 break;
|
|
|
5444 ++width;
|
|
|
5445 }
|
|
|
5446 # else
|
|
|
5447 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
|
5448 # endif
|
|
|
5449
|
|
|
5450 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
|
5451 {
|
|
|
5452 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5453
|
|
|
5454 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
|
5455 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5456 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5457 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5458 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5459 # else
|
|
|
5460 *ptr
|
|
|
5461 # endif
|
|
|
5462 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
|
5463 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5464 }
|
|
|
5465
|
|
|
5466 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5467 return OK;
|
|
|
5468 }
|
|
|
5469 #endif
|
|
|
5470
|
|
|
5471 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5472 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5473
|
|
|
5474 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5475 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5476
|
|
|
5477 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5478 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
|
5479 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
|
5480 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5481 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
5482 #endif
|
|
|
5483 return OK;
|
|
|
5484 }
|
|
|
5485
|
|
|
5486 int
|
|
|
5487 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5488 long n;
|
|
|
5489 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5490 {
|
|
|
5491 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5492
|
|
|
5493 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5494 {
|
|
|
5495 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
161
|
5496 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
|
|
|
5497 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5498 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5499 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5500 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
|
5501 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5502 else
|
|
|
5503 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5504 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5505 {
|
|
|
5506 /*
|
|
|
5507 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
|
5508 */
|
|
|
5509 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
|
5510 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5511
|
|
|
5512 while (n--)
|
|
|
5513 {
|
|
|
5514 /* move up one line */
|
|
|
5515 --lnum;
|
|
|
5516 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
5517 break;
|
|
|
5518 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
|
5519 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
|
5520 * in a moment. */
|
|
|
5521 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
|
5522 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5523 }
|
|
|
5524 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
|
5525 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5526 }
|
|
|
5527 else
|
|
|
5528 #endif
|
|
|
5529 lnum -= n;
|
|
|
5530 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5531 }
|
|
|
5532
|
|
|
5533 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5534 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5535
|
|
|
5536 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5537 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5538
|
|
|
5539 return OK;
|
|
|
5540 }
|
|
|
5541
|
|
|
5542 /*
|
|
|
5543 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
|
5544 */
|
|
|
5545 int
|
|
|
5546 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5547 long n;
|
|
|
5548 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5549 {
|
|
|
5550 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5551
|
|
|
5552 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5553 {
|
|
|
5554 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5555 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5556 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
|
5557 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
|
5558 #endif
|
|
161
|
5559 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
|
|
|
5560 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5561 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5562 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5563 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5564 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5565 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5566 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5567 else
|
|
|
5568 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5569 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5570 {
|
|
|
5571 linenr_T last;
|
|
|
5572
|
|
|
5573 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
|
5574 while (n--)
|
|
|
5575 {
|
|
|
5576 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
|
5577 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
|
5578 else
|
|
|
5579 ++lnum;
|
|
|
5580 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5581 break;
|
|
|
5582 }
|
|
|
5583 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5584 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5585 }
|
|
|
5586 else
|
|
|
5587 #endif
|
|
|
5588 lnum += n;
|
|
|
5589 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5590 }
|
|
|
5591
|
|
|
5592 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5593 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5594
|
|
|
5595 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5596 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5597
|
|
|
5598 return OK;
|
|
|
5599 }
|
|
|
5600
|
|
|
5601 /*
|
|
|
5602 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
|
5603 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
|
5604 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
|
5605 */
|
|
|
5606 int
|
|
|
5607 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
|
5608 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
|
5609 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
|
5610 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
|
5611 {
|
|
|
5612 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
|
5613 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5614 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5615 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
|
5616
|
|
|
5617 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
|
5618 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
5619 {
|
|
|
5620 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
|
5621 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5622 }
|
|
|
5623
|
|
|
5624 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
|
5625 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
5626 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
5627 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5628 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
|
5629
|
|
|
5630 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
|
5631 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
|
5632 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
|
5633 */
|
|
|
5634 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
|
5635 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
|
5636 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
|
5637 {
|
|
|
5638 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5639 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
|
5640 }
|
|
|
5641
|
|
|
5642 do
|
|
|
5643 {
|
|
|
5644 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
|
5645 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
|
5646 if (last)
|
|
|
5647 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
|
5648 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
|
5649 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
|
5650 }
|
|
|
5651 while (--count > 0);
|
|
|
5652
|
|
|
5653 if (last)
|
|
|
5654 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
|
5655
|
|
|
5656 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
5657 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
|
5658
|
|
|
5659 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
|
5660 if (!no_esc)
|
|
|
5661 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
|
5662
|
|
|
5663 return OK;
|
|
|
5664 }
|
|
|
5665
|
|
|
5666 char_u *
|
|
|
5667 get_last_insert()
|
|
|
5668 {
|
|
|
5669 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5670 return NULL;
|
|
|
5671 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5672 }
|
|
|
5673
|
|
|
5674 /*
|
|
|
5675 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
|
5676 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
|
5677 */
|
|
|
5678 char_u *
|
|
|
5679 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
|
5680 {
|
|
|
5681 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5682 int len;
|
|
|
5683
|
|
|
5684 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5685 return NULL;
|
|
|
5686 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
|
5687 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
5688 {
|
|
|
5689 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
5690 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
|
5691 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5692 }
|
|
|
5693 return s;
|
|
|
5694 }
|
|
|
5695
|
|
|
5696 /*
|
|
|
5697 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
|
5698 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
|
5699 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
|
5700 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
|
5701 */
|
|
|
5702 static int
|
|
|
5703 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
|
5704 int c;
|
|
|
5705 {
|
|
|
5706 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
|
5707 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
|
5708 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
|
5709 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5710
|
|
|
5711 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
5712 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
|
5713 }
|
|
|
5714
|
|
|
5715 /*
|
|
|
5716 * replace-stack functions
|
|
|
5717 *
|
|
|
5718 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
|
5719 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
|
5720 *
|
|
|
5721 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
|
5722 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
|
5723 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
|
5724 *
|
|
|
5725 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
|
5726 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
|
5727 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
|
5728 *
|
|
|
5729 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
|
5730 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
|
5731 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
|
5732 */
|
|
|
5733
|
|
298
|
5734 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5735 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
|
5736 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
|
7
|
5737
|
|
|
5738 void
|
|
|
5739 replace_push(c)
|
|
|
5740 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
|
5741 {
|
|
|
5742 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5743
|
|
|
5744 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
5745 return;
|
|
|
5746 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
|
5747 {
|
|
|
5748 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
|
5749 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
|
5750 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
5751 {
|
|
|
5752 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
|
5753 return;
|
|
|
5754 }
|
|
|
5755 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
|
5756 {
|
|
|
5757 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
|
5758 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5759 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5760 }
|
|
|
5761 replace_stack = p;
|
|
|
5762 }
|
|
|
5763 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
|
5764 if (replace_offset)
|
|
|
5765 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5766 *p = c;
|
|
|
5767 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5768 }
|
|
|
5769
|
|
|
5770 /*
|
|
|
5771 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
|
5772 */
|
|
|
5773 static void
|
|
|
5774 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
|
5775 int c;
|
|
|
5776 {
|
|
|
5777 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5778
|
|
|
5779 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5780 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5781 ++replace_offset)
|
|
|
5782 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
|
5783 break;
|
|
|
5784 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5785 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
5786 }
|
|
|
5787
|
|
|
5788 /*
|
|
|
5789 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
|
5790 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
|
5791 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
|
5792 */
|
|
|
5793 static int
|
|
|
5794 replace_pop()
|
|
|
5795 {
|
|
|
5796 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
|
5797 return -1;
|
|
|
5798 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
|
5799 }
|
|
|
5800
|
|
|
5801 /*
|
|
|
5802 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
|
5803 * encountered.
|
|
|
5804 */
|
|
|
5805 static void
|
|
|
5806 replace_join(off)
|
|
|
5807 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
|
5808 {
|
|
|
5809 int i;
|
|
|
5810
|
|
|
5811 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5812 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
|
5813 {
|
|
|
5814 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5815 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
|
5816 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
|
5817 return;
|
|
|
5818 }
|
|
|
5819 }
|
|
|
5820
|
|
|
5821 /*
|
|
|
5822 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
|
5823 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
5824 */
|
|
|
5825 static void
|
|
|
5826 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
|
5827 {
|
|
|
5828 int cc;
|
|
|
5829 int oldState = State;
|
|
|
5830
|
|
|
5831 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
|
5832 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
|
5833 {
|
|
|
5834 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5835 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
5836 #else
|
|
|
5837 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5838 #endif
|
|
|
5839 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5840 }
|
|
|
5841 State = oldState;
|
|
|
5842 }
|
|
|
5843
|
|
|
5844 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5845 /*
|
|
|
5846 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
|
5847 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
|
5848 */
|
|
|
5849 static void
|
|
|
5850 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
|
5851 int cc;
|
|
|
5852 {
|
|
|
5853 int n;
|
|
|
5854 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
5855 int i;
|
|
|
5856 int c;
|
|
|
5857
|
|
|
5858 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
|
5859 {
|
|
|
5860 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
|
5861 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
5862 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5863 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
5864 }
|
|
|
5865 else
|
|
|
5866 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5867
|
|
|
5868 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
5869 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
|
5870 for (;;)
|
|
|
5871 {
|
|
|
5872 c = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5873 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
|
5874 break;
|
|
|
5875 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
|
5876 {
|
|
|
5877 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
|
5878 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5879 break;
|
|
|
5880 }
|
|
|
5881 else
|
|
|
5882 {
|
|
|
5883 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
5884 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
5885 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5886 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
|
5887 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
5888 else
|
|
|
5889 {
|
|
|
5890 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
|
5891 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
5892 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
|
5893 break;
|
|
|
5894 }
|
|
|
5895 }
|
|
|
5896 }
|
|
|
5897 }
|
|
|
5898 #endif
|
|
|
5899
|
|
|
5900 /*
|
|
|
5901 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
|
5902 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
|
5903 */
|
|
|
5904 static void
|
|
|
5905 replace_flush()
|
|
|
5906 {
|
|
|
5907 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5908 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5909 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
|
5910 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
|
5911 }
|
|
|
5912
|
|
|
5913 /*
|
|
|
5914 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
|
5915 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
|
5916 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
5917 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
|
5918 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
|
5919 */
|
|
|
5920 static void
|
|
|
5921 replace_do_bs()
|
|
|
5922 {
|
|
|
5923 int cc;
|
|
|
5924 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5925 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
|
5926 int ins_len;
|
|
|
5927 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
|
5928 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
|
5929 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5930 int i;
|
|
|
5931 int vcol;
|
|
|
5932 #endif
|
|
|
5933
|
|
|
5934 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5935 if (cc > 0)
|
|
|
5936 {
|
|
|
5937 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5938 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5939 {
|
|
|
5940 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
|
5941 * going to delete. */
|
|
|
5942 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
5943 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
|
5944 }
|
|
|
5945 #endif
|
|
|
5946 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5947 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5948 {
|
|
|
5949 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5950 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5951 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5952 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5953 # endif
|
|
|
5954 replace_push(cc);
|
|
|
5955 }
|
|
|
5956 else
|
|
|
5957 #endif
|
|
|
5958 {
|
|
|
5959 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
|
5960 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5961 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5962 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
|
5963 #endif
|
|
|
5964 }
|
|
|
5965 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
5966
|
|
|
5967 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5968 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5969 {
|
|
|
5970 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
|
5971 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5972 ins_len = STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
|
5973 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
|
5974 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
|
5975 {
|
|
|
5976 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
|
5977 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
5978 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
|
|
7
|
5979 #endif
|
|
|
5980 }
|
|
|
5981 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
|
5982
|
|
|
5983 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
|
5984 * text aligned. */
|
|
|
5985 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
|
5986 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
|
5987 {
|
|
|
5988 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5989 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
|
5990 }
|
|
|
5991 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
|
5992 }
|
|
|
5993 #endif
|
|
|
5994
|
|
|
5995 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
5996 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
5997 }
|
|
|
5998 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
|
5999 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6000 }
|
|
|
6001
|
|
|
6002 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6003 /*
|
|
|
6004 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
|
6005 */
|
|
|
6006 static int
|
|
|
6007 cindent_on()
|
|
|
6008 {
|
|
|
6009 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
6010 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6011 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
6012 # endif
|
|
|
6013 ));
|
|
|
6014 }
|
|
|
6015 #endif
|
|
|
6016
|
|
|
6017 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6018 /*
|
|
|
6019 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
|
6020 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
|
6021 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
|
6022 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
|
6023 */
|
|
|
6024
|
|
|
6025 void
|
|
|
6026 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
|
6027 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
6028 {
|
|
|
6029 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
6030 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
6031 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
|
6032 }
|
|
|
6033
|
|
|
6034 void
|
|
|
6035 fix_indent()
|
|
|
6036 {
|
|
|
6037 if (p_paste)
|
|
|
6038 return;
|
|
|
6039 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
6040 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
6041 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
6042 # endif
|
|
|
6043 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
|
6044 else
|
|
|
6045 # endif
|
|
|
6046 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6047 if (cindent_on())
|
|
|
6048 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
6049 # endif
|
|
|
6050 }
|
|
|
6051
|
|
|
6052 #endif
|
|
|
6053
|
|
|
6054 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6055 /*
|
|
|
6056 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
|
6057 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
|
6058 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
|
6059 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
|
6060 *
|
|
|
6061 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
|
6062 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
6063 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
|
6064 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
|
6065 *
|
|
|
6066 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
|
6067 */
|
|
|
6068 int
|
|
|
6069 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
|
6070 int keytyped;
|
|
|
6071 int when;
|
|
|
6072 int line_is_empty;
|
|
|
6073 {
|
|
|
6074 char_u *look;
|
|
|
6075 int try_match;
|
|
|
6076 int try_match_word;
|
|
|
6077 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6078 char_u *line;
|
|
|
6079 int icase;
|
|
|
6080 int i;
|
|
|
6081
|
|
|
6082 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6083 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
6084 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
|
6085 else
|
|
|
6086 #endif
|
|
|
6087 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
|
6088 while (*look)
|
|
|
6089 {
|
|
|
6090 /*
|
|
|
6091 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
|
6092 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
|
6093 */
|
|
|
6094 switch (when)
|
|
|
6095 {
|
|
|
6096 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
|
6097 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
|
6098 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
|
6099 }
|
|
|
6100 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
|
6101 ++look;
|
|
|
6102
|
|
|
6103 /*
|
|
|
6104 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
|
6105 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
|
6106 */
|
|
|
6107 if (*look == '0')
|
|
|
6108 {
|
|
|
6109 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
|
6110 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
|
6111 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6112 ++look;
|
|
|
6113 }
|
|
|
6114 else
|
|
|
6115 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
|
6116
|
|
|
6117 /*
|
|
|
6118 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
|
6119 */
|
|
|
6120 if (*look == '^'
|
|
|
6121 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6122 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
|
6123 #else
|
|
|
6124 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
|
6125 #endif
|
|
|
6126 )
|
|
|
6127 {
|
|
|
6128 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
|
6129 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6130 look += 2;
|
|
|
6131 }
|
|
|
6132 /*
|
|
|
6133 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
|
6134 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
|
6135 */
|
|
|
6136 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
|
6137 {
|
|
|
6138 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
|
6139 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6140 ++look;
|
|
|
6141 }
|
|
|
6142 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
|
6143 {
|
|
|
6144 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
|
6145 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6146 ++look;
|
|
|
6147 }
|
|
|
6148
|
|
|
6149 /*
|
|
|
6150 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
|
6151 * cursor.
|
|
|
6152 */
|
|
|
6153 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
|
6154 {
|
|
|
6155 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
|
6156 {
|
|
|
6157 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6158 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
|
6159 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
6160 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6161 }
|
|
|
6162 ++look;
|
|
|
6163 }
|
|
|
6164
|
|
|
6165 /*
|
|
|
6166 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
|
6167 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
|
6168 * class::method for C++).
|
|
|
6169 */
|
|
|
6170 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
|
6171 {
|
|
|
6172 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
|
6173 {
|
|
|
6174 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6175 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
|
6176 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6177 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
|
6178 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
|
6179 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
|
6180 {
|
|
|
6181 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
|
6182 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
|
6183 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
|
6184 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6185 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
|
6186 if (i)
|
|
|
6187 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6188 }
|
|
|
6189 }
|
|
|
6190 ++look;
|
|
|
6191 }
|
|
|
6192
|
|
|
6193
|
|
|
6194 /*
|
|
|
6195 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
|
6196 */
|
|
|
6197 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
|
6198 {
|
|
|
6199 if (try_match)
|
|
|
6200 {
|
|
|
6201 /*
|
|
|
6202 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
|
6203 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
|
6204 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
|
6205 */
|
|
|
6206 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
|
6207 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
|
6208 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6209
|
|
|
6210 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
|
6211 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6212 }
|
|
|
6213 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
|
6214 look++;
|
|
|
6215 while (*look == '>')
|
|
|
6216 look++;
|
|
|
6217 }
|
|
|
6218
|
|
|
6219 /*
|
|
|
6220 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
|
6221 */
|
|
|
6222 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
6223 {
|
|
|
6224 ++look;
|
|
|
6225 if (*look == '~')
|
|
|
6226 {
|
|
|
6227 icase = TRUE;
|
|
|
6228 ++look;
|
|
|
6229 }
|
|
|
6230 else
|
|
|
6231 icase = FALSE;
|
|
|
6232 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
|
6233 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
6234 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
|
6235 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
|
6236 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
|
6237 {
|
|
|
6238 int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6239
|
|
|
6240 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6241 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
|
6242 {
|
|
|
6243 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6244
|
|
|
6245 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
|
6246 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
|
6247 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6248 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6249 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6250 {
|
|
|
6251 char_u *n;
|
|
|
6252
|
|
|
6253 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
|
6254 {
|
|
|
6255 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
|
6256 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
|
6257 break;
|
|
|
6258 }
|
|
|
6259 }
|
|
|
6260 else
|
|
|
6261 # endif
|
|
|
6262 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
|
6263 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
|
6264 break;
|
|
|
6265 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
6266 && (icase
|
|
|
6267 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
|
6268 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
|
6269 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
6270 }
|
|
|
6271 else
|
|
|
6272 #endif
|
|
|
6273 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
|
6274 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
|
6275 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
|
6276 {
|
|
|
6277 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6278 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
|
6279 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
|
6280 && (icase
|
|
|
6281 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
|
6282 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
|
6283 == 0)
|
|
|
6284 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
6285 }
|
|
|
6286 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
|
6287 {
|
|
|
6288 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
|
6289 * word. */
|
|
|
6290 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6291 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
|
6292 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
|
6293 match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6294 }
|
|
|
6295 if (match)
|
|
|
6296 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6297 }
|
|
|
6298 look = p;
|
|
|
6299 }
|
|
|
6300
|
|
|
6301 /*
|
|
|
6302 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
|
6303 */
|
|
|
6304 else
|
|
|
6305 {
|
|
|
6306 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
|
6307 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6308 ++look;
|
|
|
6309 }
|
|
|
6310
|
|
|
6311 /*
|
|
|
6312 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
|
6313 */
|
|
|
6314 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
|
6315 }
|
|
|
6316 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6317 }
|
|
|
6318 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
6319
|
|
|
6320 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6321 /*
|
|
|
6322 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
|
6323 */
|
|
|
6324 int
|
|
|
6325 hkmap(c)
|
|
|
6326 int c;
|
|
|
6327 {
|
|
|
6328 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
|
6329 {
|
|
|
6330 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
|
6331 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
|
6332 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
|
6333 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
|
6334 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
|
6335 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
|
6336 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
|
6337 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
|
6338 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
|
6339 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
|
6340 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
|
6341 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
|
6342 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
|
6343
|
|
|
6344 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
|
6345 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6346 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
|
6347 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
|
6348 return 'X';
|
|
|
6349 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
|
6350 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
|
6351 else if (c == 246)
|
|
|
6352 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
|
6353 else if (c == 228)
|
|
|
6354 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6355 else if (c == 252)
|
|
|
6356 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6357 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6358 else if (islower(c))
|
|
|
6359 #else
|
|
|
6360 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
|
6361 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
|
6362 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
|
6363 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
|
6364 */
|
|
|
6365 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
|
6366 #endif
|
|
|
6367 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6368 else
|
|
|
6369 return c;
|
|
|
6370 }
|
|
|
6371 else
|
|
|
6372 {
|
|
|
6373 switch (c)
|
|
|
6374 {
|
|
|
6375 case '`': return ';';
|
|
|
6376 case '/': return '.';
|
|
|
6377 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
|
6378 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
|
6379 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
|
6380
|
|
|
6381 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
|
6382 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
|
6383 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
|
6384 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
|
6385 default: {
|
|
|
6386 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
|
6387
|
|
|
6388 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6389 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
|
6390 if (!islower(c))
|
|
|
6391 #else
|
|
|
6392 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
|
6393 #endif
|
|
|
6394 return c;
|
|
|
6395 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
|
6396 break;
|
|
|
6397 }
|
|
|
6398 }
|
|
|
6399
|
|
|
6400 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6401 }
|
|
|
6402 }
|
|
|
6403 #endif
|
|
|
6404
|
|
|
6405 static void
|
|
|
6406 ins_reg()
|
|
|
6407 {
|
|
|
6408 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6409 int regname;
|
|
|
6410 int literally = 0;
|
|
|
6411
|
|
|
6412 /*
|
|
|
6413 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
|
6414 */
|
|
|
6415 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
6416 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
6417 {
|
|
|
6418 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
6419 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
6420
|
|
|
6421 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
|
6422 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6423 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6424 #endif
|
|
|
6425 }
|
|
|
6426
|
|
|
6427 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
6428 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
6429 #endif
|
|
|
6430
|
|
|
6431 /*
|
|
|
6432 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6433 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6434 */
|
|
|
6435 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6436 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6437 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6438 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6439 #endif
|
|
|
6440 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6441 {
|
|
|
6442 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
|
6443 literally = regname;
|
|
|
6444 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6445 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
|
6446 #endif
|
|
|
6447 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6448 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6449 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6450 #endif
|
|
|
6451 }
|
|
|
6452 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6453
|
|
|
6454 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6455 /*
|
|
|
6456 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
|
6457 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
|
6458 */
|
|
|
6459 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6460 if (regname == '=')
|
|
|
6461 {
|
|
133
|
6462 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6463 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
|
133
|
6464 # endif
|
|
7
|
6465 regname = get_expr_register();
|
|
133
|
6466 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6467 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
|
6468 if (im_on)
|
|
|
6469 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
133
|
6470 # endif
|
|
7
|
6471 }
|
|
140
|
6472 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
|
|
|
6473 {
|
|
|
6474 vim_beep();
|
|
7
|
6475 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
140
|
6476 }
|
|
7
|
6477 else
|
|
|
6478 {
|
|
|
6479 #endif
|
|
|
6480 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6481 {
|
|
|
6482 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
|
6483 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6484 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
|
6485 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
|
6486
|
|
|
6487 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
|
6488 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
6489 }
|
|
|
6490 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6491 {
|
|
|
6492 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6493 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6494 }
|
|
133
|
6495 else if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
6496 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
|
6497 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
|
6498 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6499 need_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6500
|
|
7
|
6501 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6502 }
|
|
|
6503 --no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6504 #endif
|
|
|
6505 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6506 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
6507 #endif
|
|
|
6508
|
|
|
6509 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6510 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
|
6511 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
6512 }
|
|
|
6513
|
|
|
6514 /*
|
|
|
6515 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6516 */
|
|
|
6517 static void
|
|
|
6518 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
|
6519 {
|
|
|
6520 int c;
|
|
|
6521
|
|
|
6522 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6523 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
|
6524 setcursor();
|
|
|
6525 #endif
|
|
|
6526
|
|
|
6527 /*
|
|
|
6528 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6529 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6530 */
|
|
|
6531 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6532 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6533 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6534 switch (c)
|
|
|
6535 {
|
|
|
6536 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6537 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6538 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
6539 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
|
6540 break;
|
|
|
6541
|
|
|
6542 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6543 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6544 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
|
6545 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
|
6546 break;
|
|
|
6547
|
|
|
6548 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
|
6549 case 'u': u_sync();
|
|
|
6550 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
626
|
6551
|
|
|
6552 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins
|
|
|
6553 * aline to the previous one must save for undo. */
|
|
|
6554 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7
|
6555 break;
|
|
|
6556
|
|
|
6557 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
|
6558 default: vim_beep();
|
|
|
6559 }
|
|
|
6560 }
|
|
|
6561
|
|
|
6562 /*
|
|
449
|
6563 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6564 */
|
|
|
6565 static void
|
|
|
6566 ins_ctrl_hat()
|
|
|
6567 {
|
|
|
6568 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6569 {
|
|
|
6570 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
|
6571 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
6572 {
|
|
|
6573 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
6574 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6575 }
|
|
|
6576 else
|
|
|
6577 {
|
|
|
6578 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
6579 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6580 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6581 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6582 #endif
|
|
|
6583 }
|
|
|
6584 }
|
|
|
6585 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6586 else
|
|
|
6587 {
|
|
|
6588 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
|
6589 if (im_get_status())
|
|
|
6590 {
|
|
|
6591 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
6592 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6593 }
|
|
|
6594 else
|
|
|
6595 {
|
|
|
6596 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
|
6597 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6598 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
6599 }
|
|
|
6600 }
|
|
|
6601 #endif
|
|
|
6602 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
|
6603 showmode();
|
|
|
6604 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6605 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
|
6606 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6607 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
6608 #endif
|
|
|
6609 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
|
6610 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
|
6611 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
|
6612 #endif
|
|
|
6613 }
|
|
|
6614
|
|
|
6615 /*
|
|
7
|
6616 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
|
6617 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
|
6618 * insert.
|
|
|
6619 */
|
|
|
6620 static int
|
|
477
|
6621 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
|
|
7
|
6622 long *count;
|
|
|
6623 int cmdchar;
|
|
477
|
6624 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */
|
|
7
|
6625 {
|
|
|
6626 int temp;
|
|
|
6627 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6628
|
|
449
|
6629 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
6630 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
6631 #endif
|
|
7
|
6632 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
|
6633 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
|
6634 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
|
6635 # endif
|
|
|
6636 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
6637 {
|
|
|
6638 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
|
6639 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
|
6640 }
|
|
|
6641 #endif
|
|
|
6642
|
|
|
6643 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6644 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
|
6645 {
|
|
|
6646 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6647 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6648 }
|
|
|
6649 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
6650 {
|
|
|
6651 /*
|
|
|
6652 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
|
75
|
6653 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
|
6654 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
|
7
|
6655 */
|
|
|
6656 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
75
|
6657 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
|
7
|
6658
|
|
|
6659 /*
|
|
|
6660 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
|
6661 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
|
6662 */
|
|
|
6663 if (*count > 0)
|
|
|
6664 {
|
|
|
6665 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
6666 if (got_int)
|
|
|
6667 *count = 0;
|
|
|
6668 }
|
|
|
6669
|
|
|
6670 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
|
6671 {
|
|
164
|
6672 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
|
6673 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
|
6674 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
|
6675
|
|
7
|
6676 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
|
6677 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
6678 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
|
6679 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6680 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6681 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
|
6682 }
|
|
|
6683 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
|
6684 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6685 }
|
|
|
6686
|
|
|
6687 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
|
6688 * indent */
|
|
|
6689 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6690 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6691
|
|
|
6692 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
|
6693 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
6694 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6695
|
|
|
6696 /*
|
|
|
6697 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
|
477
|
6698 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
|
|
7
|
6699 */
|
|
477
|
6700 if (!nomove
|
|
|
6701 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
|
7
|
6702 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6703 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
|
6704 #endif
|
|
477
|
6705 )
|
|
|
6706 && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
|
6707 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
7
|
6708 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
477
|
6709 && !VIsual_active
|
|
|
6710 #endif
|
|
|
6711 ))
|
|
7
|
6712 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6713 && !revins_on
|
|
|
6714 #endif
|
|
|
6715 )
|
|
|
6716 {
|
|
|
6717 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6718 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
6719 {
|
|
|
6720 oneleft();
|
|
|
6721 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6722 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6723 }
|
|
|
6724 else
|
|
|
6725 #endif
|
|
|
6726 {
|
|
|
6727 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6728 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6729 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
6730 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6731 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
6732 #endif
|
|
|
6733 }
|
|
|
6734 }
|
|
|
6735
|
|
|
6736 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6737 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
|
6738 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
|
6739 * well). */
|
|
|
6740 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6741 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
|
6742 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6743 #endif
|
|
|
6744
|
|
|
6745 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
6746 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
|
6747 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
6748
|
|
|
6749 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
6750 setmouse();
|
|
|
6751 #endif
|
|
|
6752 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
6753 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
6754 #endif
|
|
|
6755
|
|
|
6756 /*
|
|
|
6757 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
|
6758 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
|
6759 */
|
|
|
6760 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6761 showmode();
|
|
|
6762 else if (p_smd)
|
|
|
6763 MSG("");
|
|
|
6764
|
|
|
6765 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
|
6766 }
|
|
|
6767
|
|
|
6768 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6769 /*
|
|
|
6770 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
|
6771 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
|
6772 */
|
|
|
6773 static void
|
|
|
6774 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
|
6775 {
|
|
|
6776 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
|
6777 {
|
|
|
6778 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
|
6779 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6780 }
|
|
|
6781 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
|
6782 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
6783 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
6784 {
|
|
|
6785 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6786 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
6787 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
6788 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6789 }
|
|
|
6790 else
|
|
|
6791 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
6792 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
6793 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
|
6794 {
|
|
|
6795 /*
|
|
|
6796 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
|
6797 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
|
6798 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
|
6799 */
|
|
|
6800 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
6801 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
|
6802 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
|
6803 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
6804 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
6805 }
|
|
|
6806 else
|
|
|
6807 #endif
|
|
|
6808 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
|
6809 showmode();
|
|
|
6810 }
|
|
|
6811 #endif
|
|
|
6812
|
|
|
6813 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
6814 /*
|
|
|
6815 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
|
6816 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
|
6817 */
|
|
|
6818 static int
|
|
|
6819 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
|
6820 int c;
|
|
|
6821 {
|
|
|
6822 if (km_startsel)
|
|
|
6823 switch (c)
|
|
|
6824 {
|
|
|
6825 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
6826 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
6827 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
6828 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
6829 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6830 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6831 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
6832 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
6833 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6834 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6835 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6836 case K_END:
|
|
|
6837 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
6838 # endif
|
|
|
6839 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
6840 break;
|
|
|
6841 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
6842 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
6843 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6844 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
6845 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
6846 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
6847 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
6848 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
|
6849 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
|
6850 start_selection();
|
|
|
6851
|
|
|
6852 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
|
6853 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
|
6854 if (mod_mask)
|
|
|
6855 {
|
|
|
6856 char_u buf[4];
|
|
|
6857
|
|
|
6858 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
6859 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
6860 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
|
6861 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
|
6862 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
|
6863 }
|
|
|
6864 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
6865 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6866 }
|
|
|
6867 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6868 }
|
|
|
6869 #endif
|
|
|
6870
|
|
|
6871 /*
|
|
449
|
6872 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
|
|
|
6873 */
|
|
|
6874 static void
|
|
|
6875 ins_insert(replaceState)
|
|
|
6876 int replaceState;
|
|
|
6877 {
|
|
|
6878 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
6879 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
6880 {
|
|
|
6881 beep_flush();
|
|
|
6882 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
6883 return;
|
|
|
6884 }
|
|
|
6885 #endif
|
|
|
6886
|
|
|
6887 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
532
|
6888 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
449
|
6889 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
|
6890 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
|
6891 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : "r"), 1);
|
|
532
|
6892 # endif
|
|
449
|
6893 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
6894 #endif
|
|
|
6895 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6896 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
6897 else
|
|
|
6898 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
6899 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
|
6900 showmode();
|
|
|
6901 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
6902 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
6903 #endif
|
|
|
6904 }
|
|
|
6905
|
|
|
6906 /*
|
|
|
6907 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6908 */
|
|
|
6909 static void
|
|
|
6910 ins_ctrl_o()
|
|
|
6911 {
|
|
|
6912 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6913 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6914 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
|
6915 else
|
|
|
6916 #endif
|
|
|
6917 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6918 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
|
6919 else
|
|
|
6920 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
|
6921 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6922 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
6923 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
|
6924 else
|
|
|
6925 #endif
|
|
|
6926 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
|
6927 }
|
|
|
6928
|
|
|
6929 /*
|
|
7
|
6930 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
|
6931 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
|
6932 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
|
6933 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
|
6934 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
|
6935 */
|
|
|
6936 static void
|
|
|
6937 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
|
6938 int c;
|
|
|
6939 int lastc;
|
|
|
6940 {
|
|
|
6941 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6942 return;
|
|
|
6943 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
6944
|
|
|
6945 /*
|
|
|
6946 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
|
6947 */
|
|
|
6948 if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6949 {
|
|
|
6950 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6951 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
|
6952 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
|
6953 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6954 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6955 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
|
6956 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
|
6957 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
6958 }
|
|
|
6959 else
|
|
|
6960 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
6961
|
|
|
6962 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
|
6963 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6964 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6965 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6966 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6967 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6968 #endif
|
|
|
6969 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6970 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
|
6971 #endif
|
|
|
6972 }
|
|
|
6973
|
|
|
6974 static void
|
|
|
6975 ins_del()
|
|
|
6976 {
|
|
|
6977 int temp;
|
|
|
6978
|
|
|
6979 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6980 return;
|
|
|
6981 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
|
6982 {
|
|
|
6983 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6984 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
|
6985 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
|
6986 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
|
6987 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6988 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6989 else
|
|
|
6990 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6991 }
|
|
|
6992 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
|
6993 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6994 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6995 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6996 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6997 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6998 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6999 #endif
|
|
|
7000 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
|
7001 }
|
|
|
7002
|
|
|
7003 /*
|
|
|
7004 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7005 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
|
7006 */
|
|
|
7007 static int
|
|
|
7008 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
|
7009 int c;
|
|
|
7010 int mode;
|
|
|
7011 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
|
7012 {
|
|
|
7013 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
7014 int cc;
|
|
|
7015 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
7016 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
7017 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
7018 int in_indent;
|
|
|
7019 int oldState;
|
|
|
7020 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7021 int p1, p2;
|
|
|
7022 #endif
|
|
|
7023
|
|
|
7024 /*
|
|
|
7025 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
|
7026 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
|
7027 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
|
7028 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
|
7029 */
|
|
|
7030 if ( bufempty()
|
|
|
7031 || (
|
|
|
7032 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7033 !revins_on &&
|
|
|
7034 #endif
|
|
|
7035 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
7036 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
|
7037 && (arrow_used
|
|
|
7038 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7039 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
|
7040 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
|
7041 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
|
7042 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
|
7043 {
|
|
|
7044 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7045 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7046 }
|
|
|
7047
|
|
|
7048 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7049 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7050 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
|
7051 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7052 if (in_indent)
|
|
|
7053 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
7054 #endif
|
|
|
7055 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
7056 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
|
7057 #endif
|
|
|
7058 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7059 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
|
7060 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7061 #endif
|
|
|
7062
|
|
|
7063 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7064 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
|
7065 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
|
7066 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
|
7067 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
|
7068 */
|
|
|
7069 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
7070 {
|
|
|
7071 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
7072 {
|
|
|
7073 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
7074 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7075 }
|
|
|
7076 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
|
7077 {
|
|
|
7078 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7079 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7080 }
|
|
|
7081 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7082 }
|
|
|
7083 #endif
|
|
|
7084
|
|
|
7085 /*
|
|
|
7086 * delete newline!
|
|
|
7087 */
|
|
|
7088 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
7089 {
|
|
|
7090 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
7091 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7092 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7093 || revins_on
|
|
|
7094 #endif
|
|
|
7095 )
|
|
|
7096 {
|
|
|
7097 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
|
7098 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7099 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7100 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
7101 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
7102 }
|
|
|
7103 /*
|
|
|
7104 * In replace mode:
|
|
|
7105 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
7106 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
|
7107 */
|
|
|
7108 cc = -1;
|
|
|
7109 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7110 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
|
7111 /*
|
|
|
7112 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
|
7113 * cursor.
|
|
|
7114 */
|
|
|
7115 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
7116 {
|
|
|
7117 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7118 }
|
|
|
7119 else
|
|
|
7120 {
|
|
|
7121 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7122 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7123 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
|
7124 #endif
|
|
|
7125 {
|
|
|
7126 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
|
7127 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
278
|
7128
|
|
|
7129 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
|
|
|
7130 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
|
|
|
7131 * again when auto-formatting. */
|
|
|
7132 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
|
|
|
7133 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
7134 {
|
|
|
7135 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
7136 TRUE);
|
|
|
7137 int len;
|
|
|
7138
|
|
|
7139 len = STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
7140 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
7141 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
7142 }
|
|
|
7143
|
|
7
|
7144 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
|
7145 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7146 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7147 }
|
|
|
7148 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7149 else
|
|
|
7150 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7151 #endif
|
|
|
7152
|
|
|
7153 /*
|
|
|
7154 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
|
7155 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
|
7156 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
|
7157 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
|
7158 */
|
|
|
7159 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7160 {
|
|
|
7161 /*
|
|
|
7162 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
|
7163 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
|
7164 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
|
7165 */
|
|
|
7166 oldState = State;
|
|
|
7167 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
7168 /*
|
|
|
7169 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
|
7170 */
|
|
|
7171 while (cc > 0)
|
|
|
7172 {
|
|
|
7173 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7174 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7175 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
7176 #else
|
|
|
7177 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
7178 #endif
|
|
|
7179 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7180 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7181 }
|
|
|
7182 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
|
7183 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
7184 State = oldState;
|
|
|
7185 }
|
|
|
7186 }
|
|
|
7187 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7188 }
|
|
|
7189 else
|
|
|
7190 {
|
|
|
7191 /*
|
|
|
7192 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
|
7193 */
|
|
|
7194 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7195 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
|
7196 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7197 #endif
|
|
|
7198 mincol = 0;
|
|
|
7199 /* keep indent */
|
|
|
7200 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
7201 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7202 && !revins_on
|
|
|
7203 #endif
|
|
|
7204 )
|
|
|
7205 {
|
|
|
7206 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7207 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
7208 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
|
7209 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7210 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7211 }
|
|
|
7212
|
|
|
7213 /*
|
|
|
7214 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
|
7215 */
|
|
|
7216 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
|
7217 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
648
|
7218 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0
|
|
7
|
7219 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
|
7220 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
|
7221 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
|
7222 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
|
7223 {
|
|
|
7224 int ts;
|
|
|
7225 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
7226 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
|
7227 int extra = 0;
|
|
|
7228
|
|
|
7229 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
648
|
7230 if (p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
7
|
7231 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
7232 else
|
|
|
7233 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
7234 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
|
7235 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
|
7236 * the previous character. */
|
|
|
7237 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7238 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7239 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
|
7240 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7241 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
|
7242
|
|
|
7243 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
|
7244 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
|
7245 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
|
7246 {
|
|
|
7247 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7248 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7249 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7250 {
|
|
|
7251 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
|
7252 * Replace mode */
|
|
|
7253 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7254 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7255 {
|
|
|
7256 #if 0 /* what was this for? It causes problems when sw != ts. */
|
|
|
7257 if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
7258 {
|
|
|
7259 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7260 extra = 2; /* don't pop too much */
|
|
|
7261 }
|
|
|
7262 else
|
|
|
7263 #endif
|
|
|
7264 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
7265 }
|
|
|
7266 }
|
|
|
7267 else
|
|
|
7268 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7269 }
|
|
|
7270
|
|
|
7271 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
|
7272 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
7273 {
|
|
|
7274 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
|
7275 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7276 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7277 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7278
|
|
|
7279 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7280 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7281 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7282 else
|
|
|
7283 #endif
|
|
|
7284 {
|
|
|
7285 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
7286 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && extra <= 1)
|
|
|
7287 {
|
|
|
7288 if (extra)
|
|
|
7289 replace_push_off(NUL);
|
|
|
7290 else
|
|
|
7291 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7292 }
|
|
|
7293 if (extra == 2)
|
|
|
7294 extra = 1;
|
|
|
7295 }
|
|
|
7296 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7297 }
|
|
|
7298 }
|
|
|
7299
|
|
|
7300 /*
|
|
|
7301 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
|
7302 */
|
|
|
7303 else do
|
|
|
7304 {
|
|
|
7305 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7306 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
|
7307 #endif
|
|
|
7308 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7309
|
|
|
7310 /* start of word? */
|
|
|
7311 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
7312 {
|
|
|
7313 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
|
7314 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
7315 }
|
|
|
7316 /* end of word? */
|
|
|
7317 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
|
7318 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
7319 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
|
7320 {
|
|
|
7321 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7322 if (!revins_on)
|
|
|
7323 #endif
|
|
|
7324 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7325 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7326 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7327 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7328 #endif
|
|
|
7329 break;
|
|
|
7330 }
|
|
|
7331 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7332 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
7333 else
|
|
|
7334 {
|
|
|
7335 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7336 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
|
7337 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), &p1, &p2);
|
|
|
7338 #endif
|
|
|
7339 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7340 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7341 /*
|
|
|
7342 * If p1 or p2 is non-zero, there are combining characters we
|
|
|
7343 * need to take account of. Don't back up before the base
|
|
|
7344 * character.
|
|
|
7345 */
|
|
|
7346 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && (p1 != NUL || p2 != NUL))
|
|
|
7347 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7348 #endif
|
|
|
7349 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7350 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7351 {
|
|
|
7352 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7353 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7354 }
|
|
|
7355 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
7356 break;
|
|
|
7357 #endif
|
|
|
7358 }
|
|
|
7359 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
|
7360 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
7361 break;
|
|
|
7362 } while (
|
|
|
7363 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7364 revins_on ||
|
|
|
7365 #endif
|
|
|
7366 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
|
7367 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7368 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
|
7369 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
|
7370 }
|
|
|
7371 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7372 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7373 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7374 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7375 #endif
|
|
|
7376 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
|
7377 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7378 /*
|
|
|
7379 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
|
7380 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
|
7381 * with.
|
|
|
7382 */
|
|
|
7383 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
7384
|
|
|
7385 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
|
7386 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7387 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7388 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7389
|
|
|
7390 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
|
7391 * was there remains visible
|
|
|
7392 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
|
7393 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
|
7394 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
|
7395 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
|
7396 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
|
7397 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
|
7398 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
7399
|
|
|
7400 return did_backspace;
|
|
|
7401 }
|
|
|
7402
|
|
|
7403 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
7404 static void
|
|
|
7405 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
|
7406 int c;
|
|
|
7407 {
|
|
|
7408 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7409
|
|
|
7410 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7411 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
|
7412 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7413 # endif
|
|
|
7414 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
|
7415 return;
|
|
|
7416
|
|
|
7417 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7418 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7419 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
|
7420 {
|
|
|
7421 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7422 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7423 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7424 # endif
|
|
|
7425 }
|
|
|
7426
|
|
|
7427 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
7428 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
|
7429 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
|
7430 #endif
|
|
|
7431 }
|
|
|
7432
|
|
|
7433 static void
|
|
|
7434 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
|
7435 int up;
|
|
|
7436 {
|
|
|
7437 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7438 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7439 win_T *old_curwin;
|
|
|
7440 # endif
|
|
|
7441
|
|
|
7442 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7443
|
|
|
7444 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7445 old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
7446
|
|
|
7447 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
|
7448 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7449 {
|
|
|
7450 int row, col;
|
|
|
7451
|
|
|
7452 row = mouse_row;
|
|
|
7453 col = mouse_col;
|
|
|
7454
|
|
|
7455 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
|
7456 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
|
7457 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7458 }
|
|
|
7459 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
|
7460 # endif
|
|
|
7461 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7462
|
|
|
7463 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
7464 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
|
7465 else
|
|
|
7466 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
|
7467
|
|
|
7468 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7469 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
7470
|
|
|
7471 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
7472 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7473 # endif
|
|
|
7474
|
|
|
7475 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
|
7476 {
|
|
|
7477 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7478 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7479 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7480 # endif
|
|
|
7481 }
|
|
|
7482 }
|
|
|
7483 #endif
|
|
|
7484
|
|
|
7485 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7486 void
|
|
|
7487 ins_scroll()
|
|
|
7488 {
|
|
|
7489 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7490
|
|
|
7491 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7492 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7493 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
|
7494 {
|
|
|
7495 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7496 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7497 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7498 # endif
|
|
|
7499 }
|
|
|
7500 }
|
|
|
7501
|
|
|
7502 void
|
|
|
7503 ins_horscroll()
|
|
|
7504 {
|
|
|
7505 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7506
|
|
|
7507 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7508 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7509 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
|
7510 {
|
|
|
7511 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7512 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7513 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7514 # endif
|
|
|
7515 }
|
|
|
7516 }
|
|
|
7517 #endif
|
|
|
7518
|
|
|
7519 static void
|
|
|
7520 ins_left()
|
|
|
7521 {
|
|
|
7522 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7523
|
|
|
7524 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7525 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7526 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7527 #endif
|
|
|
7528 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7529 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7530 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
|
7531 {
|
|
|
7532 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7533 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7534 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
|
7535 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
|
7536 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7537 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
7538 #endif
|
|
|
7539 }
|
|
|
7540
|
|
|
7541 /*
|
|
|
7542 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
|
7543 * previous line
|
|
|
7544 */
|
|
|
7545 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7546 {
|
|
|
7547 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7548 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
7549 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7550 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
|
7551 }
|
|
|
7552 else
|
|
|
7553 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7554 }
|
|
|
7555
|
|
|
7556 static void
|
|
|
7557 ins_home(c)
|
|
|
7558 int c;
|
|
|
7559 {
|
|
|
7560 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7561
|
|
|
7562 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7563 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7564 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7565 #endif
|
|
|
7566 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7567 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7568 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
|
7569 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
7570 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7571 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7572 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7573 #endif
|
|
|
7574 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
|
7575 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7576 }
|
|
|
7577
|
|
|
7578 static void
|
|
|
7579 ins_end(c)
|
|
|
7580 int c;
|
|
|
7581 {
|
|
|
7582 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7583
|
|
|
7584 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7585 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7586 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7587 #endif
|
|
|
7588 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7589 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7590 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
|
7591 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
7592 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7593 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
7594
|
|
|
7595 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7596 }
|
|
|
7597
|
|
|
7598 static void
|
|
|
7599 ins_s_left()
|
|
|
7600 {
|
|
|
7601 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7602 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7603 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7604 #endif
|
|
|
7605 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7606 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
7607 {
|
|
|
7608 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7609 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7610 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7611 }
|
|
|
7612 else
|
|
|
7613 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7614 }
|
|
|
7615
|
|
|
7616 static void
|
|
|
7617 ins_right()
|
|
|
7618 {
|
|
|
7619 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7620 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7621 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7622 #endif
|
|
|
7623 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7624 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
|
7625 )
|
|
|
7626 {
|
|
|
7627 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7628 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7629 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7630 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
7631 oneright();
|
|
|
7632 else
|
|
|
7633 #endif
|
|
|
7634 {
|
|
|
7635 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7636 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
474
|
7637 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
7638 else
|
|
|
7639 #endif
|
|
|
7640 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7641 }
|
|
|
7642
|
|
|
7643 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7644 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7645 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7646 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7647 #endif
|
|
|
7648 }
|
|
|
7649 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
|
7650 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
|
7651 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
|
7652 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
7653 {
|
|
|
7654 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7655 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7656 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7657 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7658 }
|
|
|
7659 else
|
|
|
7660 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7661 }
|
|
|
7662
|
|
|
7663 static void
|
|
|
7664 ins_s_right()
|
|
|
7665 {
|
|
|
7666 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7667 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7668 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7669 #endif
|
|
|
7670 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7671 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
7672 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7673 {
|
|
|
7674 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7675 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
7676 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7677 }
|
|
|
7678 else
|
|
|
7679 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7680 }
|
|
|
7681
|
|
|
7682 static void
|
|
|
7683 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
|
7684 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7685 {
|
|
|
7686 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7687 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7688 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7689 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7690 #endif
|
|
|
7691
|
|
|
7692 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7693 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7694 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7695 {
|
|
|
7696 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7697 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7698 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7699 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7700 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7701 #endif
|
|
|
7702 )
|
|
|
7703 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7704 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7705 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7706 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7707 #endif
|
|
|
7708 }
|
|
|
7709 else
|
|
|
7710 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7711 }
|
|
|
7712
|
|
|
7713 static void
|
|
|
7714 ins_pageup()
|
|
|
7715 {
|
|
|
7716 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7717
|
|
|
7718 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7719 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7720 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7721 {
|
|
|
7722 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7723 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7724 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7725 #endif
|
|
|
7726 }
|
|
|
7727 else
|
|
|
7728 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7729 }
|
|
|
7730
|
|
|
7731 static void
|
|
|
7732 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
|
7733 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7734 {
|
|
|
7735 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7736 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7737 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7738 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7739 #endif
|
|
|
7740
|
|
|
7741 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7742 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7743 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7744 {
|
|
|
7745 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7746 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7747 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7748 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7749 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7750 #endif
|
|
|
7751 )
|
|
|
7752 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7753 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7754 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7755 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7756 #endif
|
|
|
7757 }
|
|
|
7758 else
|
|
|
7759 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7760 }
|
|
|
7761
|
|
|
7762 static void
|
|
|
7763 ins_pagedown()
|
|
|
7764 {
|
|
|
7765 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7766
|
|
|
7767 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7768 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7769 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7770 {
|
|
|
7771 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7772 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7773 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7774 #endif
|
|
|
7775 }
|
|
|
7776 else
|
|
|
7777 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7778 }
|
|
|
7779
|
|
|
7780 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
7781 static void
|
|
|
7782 ins_drop()
|
|
|
7783 {
|
|
|
7784 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
7785 }
|
|
|
7786 #endif
|
|
|
7787
|
|
|
7788 /*
|
|
|
7789 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
|
7790 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
|
7791 */
|
|
|
7792 static int
|
|
|
7793 ins_tab()
|
|
|
7794 {
|
|
|
7795 int ind;
|
|
|
7796 int i;
|
|
|
7797 int temp;
|
|
|
7798
|
|
|
7799 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
7800 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
7801 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
7802 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7803
|
|
|
7804 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
|
7805 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7806 if (ind)
|
|
|
7807 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
7808 #endif
|
|
|
7809
|
|
|
7810 /*
|
|
|
7811 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
|
7812 */
|
|
|
7813 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
|
7814 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
|
7815 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
|
7816 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7817
|
|
|
7818 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7819 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7820
|
|
|
7821 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7822 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7823 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7824 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7825 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7826 #endif
|
|
|
7827 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
|
7828
|
|
|
7829 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
7830 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
7831 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
|
7832 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
7833 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
|
7834 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
7835 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
|
7836
|
|
|
7837 /*
|
|
|
7838 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
|
7839 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
|
7840 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
|
7841 */
|
|
|
7842 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7843 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
|
7844 {
|
|
|
7845 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7846 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7847 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7848 else
|
|
|
7849 #endif
|
|
|
7850 {
|
|
|
7851 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
7852 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
|
7853 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7854 }
|
|
|
7855 }
|
|
|
7856
|
|
|
7857 /*
|
|
|
7858 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
|
7859 */
|
|
|
7860 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
|
7861 {
|
|
|
7862 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
7863 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7864 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
7865 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
7866 #endif
|
|
|
7867 pos_T fpos;
|
|
|
7868 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
|
7869 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
|
7870 int change_col = -1;
|
|
|
7871 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
7872
|
|
|
7873 /*
|
|
|
7874 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
|
7875 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
|
7876 */
|
|
|
7877 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7878 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7879 {
|
|
|
7880 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7881 cursor = &pos;
|
|
|
7882 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7883 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
|
7884 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7885 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
|
7886 }
|
|
|
7887 else
|
|
|
7888 #endif
|
|
|
7889 {
|
|
|
7890 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
7891 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7892 }
|
|
|
7893
|
|
|
7894 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
|
7895 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
7896 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
7897
|
|
|
7898 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
|
7899 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7900 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
|
7901 {
|
|
|
7902 --fpos.col;
|
|
|
7903 --ptr;
|
|
|
7904 }
|
|
|
7905
|
|
|
7906 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
|
7907 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7908 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7909 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7910 {
|
|
|
7911 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
7912 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
|
7913 }
|
|
|
7914
|
|
|
7915 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
|
7916 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7917 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7918
|
|
|
7919 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
|
7920 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
|
7921 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
|
7922 {
|
|
|
7923 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
|
7924 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
|
7925 break;
|
|
|
7926 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
|
7927 {
|
|
|
7928 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
|
7929 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
|
7930 {
|
|
|
7931 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
|
7932 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
|
7933 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7934 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
|
7935 }
|
|
|
7936 }
|
|
|
7937 ++fpos.col;
|
|
|
7938 ++ptr;
|
|
|
7939 vcol += i;
|
|
|
7940 }
|
|
|
7941
|
|
|
7942 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7943 {
|
|
|
7944 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
|
7945
|
|
|
7946 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
|
7947 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
7948 {
|
|
|
7949 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
|
7950 ++ptr;
|
|
|
7951 ++repl_off;
|
|
|
7952 }
|
|
|
7953 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
|
7954 {
|
|
|
7955 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
|
7956 --ptr;
|
|
|
7957 --repl_off;
|
|
|
7958 }
|
|
|
7959 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
|
7960
|
|
|
7961 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
|
7962 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
7963 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
7964 {
|
|
|
7965 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
|
7966 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
|
7967 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7968 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7969 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7970 #endif
|
|
|
7971 )
|
|
|
7972 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
|
7973 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
|
7974 }
|
|
33
|
7975 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
7976 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
7977 {
|
|
|
7978 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
7979 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
|
7980 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
7981 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
|
7982 }
|
|
|
7983 #endif
|
|
7
|
7984 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
|
7985
|
|
|
7986 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7987 /*
|
|
|
7988 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
|
7989 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
|
7990 * spacing.
|
|
|
7991 */
|
|
|
7992 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7993 {
|
|
|
7994 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
|
7995 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
|
7996
|
|
|
7997 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
|
7998 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
|
7999 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
|
8000 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
|
8001 }
|
|
|
8002 #endif
|
|
|
8003 }
|
|
|
8004
|
|
|
8005 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8006 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8007 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
8008 #endif
|
|
|
8009 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
|
8010 }
|
|
|
8011
|
|
|
8012 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8013 }
|
|
|
8014
|
|
|
8015 /*
|
|
|
8016 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
|
8017 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
|
8018 */
|
|
|
8019 static int
|
|
|
8020 ins_eol(c)
|
|
|
8021 int c;
|
|
|
8022 {
|
|
|
8023 int i;
|
|
|
8024
|
|
|
8025 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
8026 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8027 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8028 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8029 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8030
|
|
|
8031 /*
|
|
|
8032 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
|
8033 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
|
8034 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
|
8035 */
|
|
|
8036 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8037 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8038 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8039 #endif
|
|
|
8040 )
|
|
|
8041 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
8042
|
|
|
8043 /*
|
|
|
8044 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
8045 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
8046 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
|
8047 * in open_line().
|
|
|
8048 */
|
|
|
8049
|
|
|
8050 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8051 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
8052 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
|
8053 fkmap(NL);
|
|
|
8054 # endif
|
|
|
8055 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
|
8056 * current line. */
|
|
|
8057 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
8058 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
8059 #endif
|
|
|
8060
|
|
|
8061 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
|
8062 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
|
8063 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
8064 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
|
8065 #endif
|
|
|
8066 0, old_indent);
|
|
|
8067 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
8068 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8069 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8070 #endif
|
|
|
8071
|
|
|
8072 return (!i);
|
|
|
8073 }
|
|
|
8074
|
|
|
8075 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
8076 /*
|
|
|
8077 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
|
8078 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
|
8079 * done.
|
|
|
8080 */
|
|
|
8081 static int
|
|
|
8082 ins_digraph()
|
|
|
8083 {
|
|
|
8084 int c;
|
|
|
8085 int cc;
|
|
|
8086
|
|
|
8087 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
8088 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
8089 {
|
|
|
8090 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
8091 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
8092
|
|
|
8093 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
|
8094 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8095 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
|
8096 #endif
|
|
|
8097 }
|
|
|
8098
|
|
|
8099 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
8100 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
8101 #endif
|
|
|
8102
|
|
|
8103 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
|
8104 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
|
8105 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
8106 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
8107 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
8108 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
8109 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
8110 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
|
8111 {
|
|
|
8112 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8113 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8114 #endif
|
|
|
8115 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8116 return NUL;
|
|
|
8117 }
|
|
|
8118 if (c != ESC)
|
|
|
8119 {
|
|
|
8120 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
8121 {
|
|
|
8122 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
8123 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
8124
|
|
|
8125 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
|
8126 {
|
|
|
8127 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
|
8128 * an ESC next */
|
|
|
8129 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
8130 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
8131 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
|
8132 }
|
|
|
8133 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8134 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
|
8135 #endif
|
|
|
8136 }
|
|
|
8137 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
8138 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
8139 cc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
8140 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
8141 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
8142 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
|
8143 {
|
|
|
8144 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
|
8145 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
|
8146 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8147 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8148 #endif
|
|
|
8149 return c;
|
|
|
8150 }
|
|
|
8151 }
|
|
|
8152 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
8153 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8154 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8155 #endif
|
|
|
8156 return NUL;
|
|
|
8157 }
|
|
|
8158 #endif
|
|
|
8159
|
|
|
8160 /*
|
|
|
8161 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
|
8162 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
|
8163 */
|
|
|
8164 static int
|
|
|
8165 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
|
8166 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
8167 {
|
|
|
8168 int c;
|
|
|
8169 int temp;
|
|
|
8170 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
|
8171
|
|
|
8172 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
8173 {
|
|
|
8174 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8175 return NUL;
|
|
|
8176 }
|
|
|
8177
|
|
|
8178 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
|
8179 temp = 0;
|
|
|
8180 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
8181 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
8182 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
8183 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
8184 {
|
|
|
8185 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
8186 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
|
8187 }
|
|
|
8188 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
8189 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
|
8190
|
|
|
8191 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8192 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
8193 #else
|
|
|
8194 c = *ptr;
|
|
|
8195 #endif
|
|
|
8196 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
8197 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8198 return c;
|
|
|
8199 }
|
|
|
8200
|
|
449
|
8201 /*
|
|
|
8202 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
8203 */
|
|
|
8204 static int
|
|
|
8205 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
|
|
|
8206 int tc;
|
|
|
8207 {
|
|
|
8208 int c = tc;
|
|
|
8209
|
|
|
8210 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
8211 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
8212 {
|
|
|
8213 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
|
8214 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
|
8215 else
|
|
|
8216 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
|
8217 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
8218 }
|
|
|
8219 else
|
|
|
8220 #endif
|
|
|
8221 {
|
|
|
8222 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
|
8223 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
8224 {
|
|
|
8225 long tw_save;
|
|
|
8226
|
|
|
8227 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
|
8228 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
|
8229 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
|
8230 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
|
8231 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
|
8232 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
8233 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
8234 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
|
8235 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8236 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
|
8237 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8238 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
8239 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8240 #endif
|
|
|
8241 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
|
8242 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
8243 }
|
|
|
8244 }
|
|
|
8245 return c;
|
|
|
8246 }
|
|
|
8247
|
|
7
|
8248 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8249 /*
|
|
|
8250 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
|
8251 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
|
8252 */
|
|
|
8253 static void
|
|
|
8254 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
|
8255 int c;
|
|
|
8256 {
|
|
|
8257 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
|
8258 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
8259 int i;
|
|
|
8260 int temp;
|
|
|
8261
|
|
|
8262 /*
|
|
|
8263 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
|
8264 */
|
|
|
8265 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
|
8266 {
|
|
|
8267 /*
|
|
|
8268 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
|
8269 */
|
|
|
8270 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
|
8271 {
|
|
|
8272 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8273 /*
|
|
|
8274 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
|
8275 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
|
8276 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
|
8277 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
|
8278 * lines -- webb
|
|
|
8279 */
|
|
|
8280 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
8281 i = pos->col;
|
|
|
8282 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
|
8283 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
|
8284 ;
|
|
|
8285 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
8286 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
8287 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
8288 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
|
8289 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
8290 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
8291 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8292 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8293 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
8294 else
|
|
|
8295 #endif
|
|
|
8296 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
8297 }
|
|
|
8298 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
8299 {
|
|
|
8300 /*
|
|
|
8301 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
|
8302 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
|
8303 */
|
|
|
8304 temp = TRUE;
|
|
|
8305 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8306 {
|
|
|
8307 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8308 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
8309 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8310 {
|
|
|
8311 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
|
8312
|
|
|
8313 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
|
8314 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
8315 break;
|
|
|
8316 }
|
|
|
8317 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
|
8318 temp = FALSE;
|
|
|
8319 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
8320 }
|
|
|
8321 if (temp)
|
|
|
8322 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
8323 }
|
|
|
8324 }
|
|
|
8325
|
|
|
8326 /*
|
|
|
8327 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
|
8328 */
|
|
|
8329 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
|
8330 {
|
|
|
8331 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
|
8332 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
8333 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
8334 }
|
|
|
8335
|
|
|
8336 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
|
8337 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
8338 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8339 }
|
|
|
8340 #endif
|
|
|
8341
|
|
|
8342 /*
|
|
|
8343 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
|
8344 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
8345 */
|
|
|
8346 static colnr_T
|
|
|
8347 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
|
8348 {
|
|
|
8349 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
8350 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8351 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
8352 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
8353 }
|
